WM

§'

^■11

liiiiisiiijl

[iHl

■iiiilili

iii-

Wm

m

1

fiii

'iiiiiiii

MM

wm

iiiiiiiiip

m

m

y,

U

iiiiiiiiii'

iiiii

■

THE

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 64

JULY, 1950 to APRIL, 1951

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HENRY A. PILSBRY

Curator of the Department of Mollusks and Marine Invertebrates,

Academy of Natural Sciences

H. BURRINGTON BAKER

Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

Philadelphia, Pa.

LANCASTER PRESS, INC., LANCASTER, PA

CONTENTS

Names of new genera and species in italics.

Africa 133

American Malacological Union 65, 144

Ammonitella yatesi allyni Chace 122

Amnicola sahlensis Pilsbry 119

Ancylidae, neotropical 123

Anodontites cornea, A. nicaraguae 77

Ashmunella edithae Pilsbry & Cheatum 88

Atlantic marines . . 14, 34, 40, 73, 109, 110, 116, 121, 132, 143

Bahamas 37, 123

Bivalve larvae, killing and preserving 14

Bog lake, mollusks 19

Brazil 4, 123

Bruguiere, plates 68

Busy con, subgenera Fulgicropsis and Sycofulgiir Marks . . 34

California, inland 122

California, marines 9, 84, 91, 105

Calliostoma {Eutrochus) jitjiibinum adelae Schwengel . . 119

Carpenter collection 70

Central America (see neotropical)

Chione (Chionopsis) pinchoti Pilsbry & Olsson 109

Chondropoma schaliei 17

Crassispira drangai Schwengel 116

Dates of Nautilus 35

Egg cases as whistles 1

Elma, subgenus Fultonelma Haas 133

Elma (Fultonelma) hisexigua Haas for Bulimus exiguus Mo. 134

Emery, Daniel L 36, 61

Euglandina 'bailyi M. Smith 60

Eupleura caudata etterae B. B. Baker 76

Florida, inland 37, 119

Florida, marines 109, 110, 116, 121, 143

Fontigens oxyheles Pilsbry 37

Fontigens weheri Pilsbry 39

Fulguropsis Marks, subgenus of Busy con 34

Fultonelma Haas, subgenus of Elma 133

Guatemala 77, 123

Gulella, subgenus Thaumatogulella Haas 134

Haliotis 91

Hehetancylus providentialis Wurtz 127

iv THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Helicella caperata 141, 142

Helisoma anceps 68

Hemisinus jmlaeus Pilsbry, for H. (Longiverena) avus . . 69

Hiatella vs. Saxicava 29

Holospira kriegeri Drake 52

Holospira oritis Pilsbry & Cheatum 89

Holospira pityis Pilsbry & Cheatum 89

Holospira roemeri hrevissima Pilsbry 56

Honduras 77, 123

Indiana 54

Infraspeeific names 47, 103

Jacosta caperata or J. intersecta 141, 142

Jamaica 36, 123

Japan 1, 94

Juliidae 84

Leptodea largillierti 77

Louisiana 96

Marginella hilli M. Smith 61

Maryland 67

Maxwellia Baily (Muricidae) 11

McGill University Museums 70

Mexico 51, 60, 77, 120, 123

Mvtilus californianus hermaphrodite 105

Neotropical 4, 51, 60, 77, 119, 123

New York 35, 58, 70, 102, 104

Nicaragua 77, 123

North Carolina 37, 67, 102, 142

Nylander, Olaf 0 63

Ohio 19

Oliva drangai Schwengel 117

Olivella hayeri Abbott Ill

Olivella moorei Abbott 112

Oregon 58

Oriental 1, 94

Ortmann, Arnold Edward 134

Pacific marines 1, 9, 47, 60, 84, 91, 105

Pennsylvania 100

Pitaria cordata Schwengel 118

Plotia, type species 68

Polinices {Mammilla) clarki M. Smith 60

Polygyra mooreana 101

Polygyridae 6

Populations 47

Preservation 14, 90

Pseudostihidina cheatumi Pilsbry 55

Puerto Rico 17, 123

Sagda, subdivisions & type 36

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS V

Saxicava vs. Hiatella 29

Slugs, preservation 90

South America (see Neotropical)

Streptostyla jacohsoni Pilsbry 120

Strombus bituberculatus 143

Siiccinea lauta sphaerica MacMillan 94

Sycofulgur Marks, subgenus of Busj^con 34

Tegula gallina 50

Tethys willcoxi 40

Tennessee 58

Texas 37, 55, 56, 87, 101

Thaumatogulella Haas, subgenus of Gulella 134

Triodopsis tennesseensis hurchi Hubricht 8

Type of species 27

Urosalpinx cinereus follyensis B. B. Baker 75

Vallonia excentrica 35, 70

Vexilliim {TJromitra) willcoxi coxiamtm Fargo 121

Virginia 6, 37, . 58, 141

Viviparus chinensis 35

Viviparus contectoides 35, 102

West Indies 17, 36, 37, 123

Woodring, Wendell P 69

Wyoming 101

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Abbott, R. Tucker 103, 110

Bales, B. R 143

Baily, Joshua L., Jr 9, 91

Baker, Bernadine Barker 73

Baker, H. Burrington 17, 27, 35, 36

Beetle, Dorothy E 101

Bushey, Clinton J 54

Cahn, Alvin R 1

Carriker, Melbourne R 14

Chace, E. P 122

Cheatum, E. P. (Pilsbry &) 87

Cleghorn, J. D 70

Dexter, Ralph W 19

Dodge, Henry 29, 68

Drake, Robert J 51

Fargo, William G 61, 121

Freas, Dorothy L 35, 102

Haas, F 4, 133

Harry, Harold W 96

Heilman, Robert A 100

Howard, Arthur Day 84

Hubricht, Leslie 6, 35, 67, 90, 102

Jackson, Ralph W 67

Jacobson, Morris K 70, 104

Johnson, Richard 1 77

Lee, C. Bruce 58

MacMillan, Gordon K 94

Marks, E. Sydney 34

McLellan, Jack H 101

Olsson, A. A. (Pilsbry &) 109

Pilsbry, H. A 37, 55, 56, 68, 68, 69, 119

Pilsbry, H. A., & E. P. Cheatum 87

Pilsbry, H. A., & A. A. Olsson 109

Raymond, Percy E 63

Saunders, D 142

Schalie, Henry van der 134

Schwengel, Jeanne S 116

Smith, Maxwell 60

Stohler, R 47

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS vji

Teskey, Margaret C arz

Webb, Glenn R '.;;;; .^^

Weingartner, Mathilde P. . . f 09

Wood, John Thornton iff

Wurtz, Charles B j^^

Young, R. T t.f.^

Zinn, Donald J ^^^

The nautilus

Vol. 64 JULY, 1950 No. 1

CONCHOLOGICAL MONUMENTS IN JAPAN

By ALVIN E. CAHN

Aquatic Biologist, Natural Eesources Section, GHQ, SCAP,

Tokyo, Japan

As a rule, monuments and memorials are erected to the mem-

ory of important people or famous events. While it is readily

granted that eonchologists are important people, I must admit

that I personally know of no monument erected to a concholo-

gist per se — other than the headstone that marks his last resting

place. This is unfortunate. It seems to indicate a lack of

public appreciation of lifetimes of devoted study, as well as of

the subject matter itself. I was, therefore, interested to find

in Japan three fine examples of what I shall call ''conchological

monuments," though they are not memorials erected to the

memory of any conchologist. On the contrary, they were erected

to the memory of the conchs rather than the eonchologists.

Since these memorials are unusual, if not unique, I wish to call

them to the attention of occidental eonchologists as being some-

thing, to say the least, refreshingly different.

If the traveller between Tokyo and Yokohama looks out of

the right hand window of the train just at the right moment

after leaving Tokyo Central Station, he will see a wooded hill

rising slightly above the great stone wall that bounds the rail-

road right of way through the section of Tokyo known as Omori.

Atop this embankment, in the middle of the wooded area and

facing the railroad, is a stone monument. If he alights at Omori

and backtracks to inspect this monument, he will find that it

consists of a large horizontal granite tablet framed in a border

of rough-hewed stones. Inserted in the middle of the upper

border of this frame is a small tablet bearing an English in-

scription, and above this a large stone urn (Plate 1, fig. 1).

The inscription on the small tablet reads: ''The Site of the

1

2 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Omori Shell Mound Discovered by Professor Edward S. Morse."

The large inscription in Japanese characters reads: '* Omori

Shell Mound." Below this is inscribed: ''Dedicated May 26,

1929" and a list of the nine donors of the memorial.

When Dr. Morse arrived in Yokohama and took the train for

Tokyo, he wasted no time in starting his scientific researches,

for he, too, looked out of the train window — and discovered what

came to be called the Omori Shell Mound. He returned later

to excavate on this site and published his results in 1879 as

Volume 1, Number 1, of the Journal of Science (Rikakaisui Dai

Ichitsu) of Tokyo University, under the title "The Shell Mounds

of Omori" (Omori kaikyo kobutsuhen). It is printed in Japa-

nese, having been translated by three of Dr. Morse's students:

M. Sasaki, I. Ijima, and T. Iwakawa. At a later date Dr. Sasaki

was to become the Japanese authority on cephalopods and Dr.

Iwakawa the foremost Japanese conchologist. In the 73 pages

of text and 18 plates, the mound is described and 43 species of

moUusks and a multitude of pottery fragments found therein

are listed and discussed. The mound was originally 89 meters

long and 4 meters high. All the mollusca described, except

Anadara granosa, (A. hisenensis?) are still found living in

Tokyo Bay. So here we have a monument to an ancient kitchen

midden.

A second probably unique conchological memorial was erected

in 1898 and still stands in a conspicuous spot at Kutsatsu Machi

just outside of Hiroshima City. This fine granite obelisk (Plate

1, fig. 2) bears the inscription: "Memorial Tablet for Oyster

Culture of Hiroshima" and is dedicated to the oysters that

founded and built the industry for which the area has long

been famous. On the left side of the monument is inscribed

the following: "The place of Saeki Gun, Hiroshima Prefecture,

has long been famous for oyster culture. Along the coast the

oyster grounds extend for 18 miles and cover 139 cho (390

acres). The production has amounted to 2,000,000 kan (8,000

tons). These facts are due not only to the suitable ground but

also to human effort."

Each year the oyster fishermen of Hiroshima Prefecture

gather at the monument in late April or May and hold solemn

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (1)

PLATE 1

^^^•^■■■■k««»ii»»»»«..«» Fig. 3

Conchological Monuments in Japan

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (1)

PLATE 2

B

Egg cases of: A, Eemifu.sus ternatanus. B, Eapaiia

tltomtisunia. From Kyushu, Japan.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 3

ceremony according to the Buddhist rites for the repose of the

oysters' souls.

What is probably the most curious conchological monument

in the world is in Tokyo. It is typically Japanese in concept

and there is, naturally, a story behind it.

One of the common amusements of the women and children

of Japan is blowing tiny whistles made from the egg-cases of

various marine gastropods. This whistle-blowing is a custom

dating from the Genroku era (1688-1704) and is common among

Geisha girls and women workers in mills and factories. It is

as prevalent as gum-chewing in America and in fact the little

whistles are sometimes called ''musical chewing gum."

In the making of these whistles, the egg-cases of five species

of marine gastropods are used. These are gathered wild or may

be cultivated by confining the adult animals in bamboo enclosures

so that they lay their eggs on rocks placed for that purpose.

The species are listed as follows in the order of their whistle

importance :

1. Hemifusiis ternatanus. (Japanese : Umi-hoozuki or sea

whistle.) The larvae are removed fresh and the case dried and

stained red, yellow, or green. These are considered the best

whistles and the current price is comparatively very high: 1

egg-case costs 5 yen, or roughly two cents. (See fig. A.)

2. Rapana thomasiana. (Japanese : Naginata-hoozuki or

curved sword whistle, because of the shape of the egg-case.)

The cases are dipped in concentrated saltwater to kill the larvae

and are then preserved in salt. Egg-cases (see fig. B) of this

and the following species are very cheap, costing 500 yen per

kan (four pounds).

3. Fusinus perplexus. (Japanese: Sakasa or Gunbai-hoozuki :

inverted or war-fan whistle; ''inverted" because the whistle-

hole is made in the bottom of the case, and "war-fan" because

the case is shaped like the fan carried by the referee in a sumo

match.) Treated as Rapana.

4. Cancellaria spengleriana. (Japanese : Chanchan-hoozuki or

pig-tail whistle, because of the long, slender stalk.) Treated as

Hemifusus.

5. Kelletia lischkei. (Japanese : Manju-hoozuki or Sake-bottle

whistle.) Not common.

4 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

As a result of this whistling custom, literally millions of egg-

cases are gathered and many millions of larval gastropods de-

stroyed to produce whistles. Now it so happened that several

famous egg-case-whistle sellers in Tokyo suffered accidental

death, and one by one their shops went into bankruptcy. The

remaining dealers became very uneasj^ and fearful of their

futures, believing that these sudden deaths must be in retri-

bution for the child (veliger!) murders of so very many snails.

In mute gratitude, therefore, for the sacrifice of so many em-

byronic lives given to establish the basis of their fortunes, 41

egg-case-whistle dealers in Tokyo in 1941 erected a memorial to

the dead baby gastropods. The monument is a simple granite

slab bearing on one side the legend: ''Memorial Monument

to Sea-shell Egg Cases" (Plate 1, fig. 3), and on the reverse side

the names of the 41 dealer-donors. The monument stands in

the cemetery of the war-destroyed Koshoji Temple, 16 Fukuro-

machi, Ushigome, Tokyo, where it is crowded in among hun-

dreds of graves which mark the resting places of local ancestors.

Probably nowhere else in the world is there a cemetery grave

and memorial monument to departed embryonic snails !

SOME LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS

FROM PARA STATE, BRAZIL

By F. HAAS

On two earlier occasions (Haas, 1949,a,b), I have reported on

the shells collected in Amazonia by Dr. Harold Sioli of Belem,

Para, Brazil. This paper deals with a third shipment received

from the same indef atiguable and successful collector ; the speci-

mens in this lot were collected in the region of the Tapajoz river,

and especially in the region of the Cupari, a tributary. The

following species are represented in this shipment :

Strophocheilus {Megalohulimus) ohlongus Miiller. — Caxias on

Rio Cupari; Paricatuba on the west bank of the lower Tapajoz

river, specimens collected alive on one of the small islands of

black soil (tena preta), pH 6.8, within the acid Amazonian

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 5

Tertiary region with a pH of only 4.5-5.0. As is noteworthy,

the ohlongus-iorm here mentioned is not the S. ohlongus conicus

Bequaert known from northeastern Brazil and represented, in

one of the earlier shipments from Dr. Sioli, from near Obidos,

Para, Brazil.

Corona regina Ferussac. — Bank of Rio Cupare at Caxias.

This seems to be one of the few exact localities from which this

species has become known.

Drymaeus (Leiostracus) vittatus Spix. — Mouth of Rio Cupari

into the Rio Tapajoz. This species has apparently not been

recorded before from a locality outside the states of Bahia and

Pernambuco.

Gyraulus (Drepanotrema) anatinum Orbigny. — Lake Curuca

of the Cupari River.

Aplexa (Stenophysa) rivalis Maton and Rackett. — Lake

Curuca of the Cupari River.

Doryssa transversa macapa Moricand. — Rio Cupari at Flechal.

Potamopyrgus (Aroapyrgus) latiis Haas. — Mouth of Ingatuba

Creek into the Cupari River ; Rio Cupari at Caixas ; Lake Curuca

of Rio Cupari.

Ampullarius (Ampullarius) lineatus Spix. — Rio Cupari at

Caxias ; Rio Cupari at Galego ; Lake Curuca of Rio Cupari.

Ampullarius (Limnopomus) nuhilus Reeve. — Rio Cupari be-

low Flechal; source at bank of Rio Cupari below Pinima; mouth

of Caxias Creek into Rio Cupari. This is the second report of

this species generally believed to be exclusively Andean, from

the lowlands of the lower Amazon (see Haas, 1949a, p. 153).

Anodontites {Lamproscapha) ensiformis Spix. — A young but

unmistakable specimen of this species from Lake Curuca of the

Cupari river; this seems to be the first record from an exact

locality in the region of the lower Amazon. (See Haas, 1945,

p. 15.)

Leila esida Orbigny. — Also from the Lake Curuca of the

Cupari river and also one of the first, if not the first, record of

this species from a well defined locality in Lower Amazonia.

Castalia lateriquadrata Sowerby. — Rio Cupari at Galegos;

Lake Curuca of the Rio Cupari ; lower Cupari River.

Triplodon (Triquetrana) jamaiichimiensis F. Baker. — Rio Cu-

pari below Flechal; Rio Cupari at Pedra Branca; Rio Cupari

at Galego.

6 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

References

Haas, F., 1945. Some Remarkable Shells of a South American

Fresh-water Mussel. Fieldianna, Zoology, 31, pp. 15-30, fig. 3.

1949a. Land- und Siisswassermollusken aus dem Ama-

zonas-Gebiet. Arch. Moll., 78, pp. 149-156, pi. 7.

1949b. On Fresh-Water Mollusks from the Amazonian

Region. An. Biol. Mex., 20, pp. 301-314, 6 figs.

THE POLYGYRIDAE OF PITTSYLVANIA COUNTY,

VIRGINIA

By LESLIE HUBEICHT

Pittsylvania County is the largest county in Virginia, having

an area of 1,012 square miles. The elevation varies from 400,

to 2,000 ft. on Smith Mountain, but having a general average of

between 600 and 800 ft. The underlying rocks are of granite,

gneiss, and schist, except the White Oak Mountain Ridge, which

runs from the southwest corner to the northeast corner of the

county, and is composed of arkosic sandstone and shale of

Triassic age. It is a part of the Piedmont physiographic prov-

ince.

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, in his Land Mollusca of North America,

records only one species from Pittsylvania County, and the ad-

joining counties fare no better. Actually, the land snail fauna

is unusually rich, at least seventy-five species having been found

in one year of sparetime collecting. This fauna has been de-

rived from four sources, other than the generally distributed

species of eastern United States.

The eastern two-thirds of the county is a part of the Outer

Piedmont. It is gently rolling land without prominent eleva-

tions, except where the White Oak Mountain Ridge protrudes

into it. A characteristic species of this region is the small form

of Triodopsis tridentata juxtidens (Pils.).

The western third of the county is a part of the Inner Pied-

mont. It is a little more hillv than the Outer Piedmont and

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 7

contains occasional isolated low mountains. Its most charac-

teristic species is Triodopsis tennesseensis hurchi.

A number of species have followed the Dan River valley down

from the Blue Ridge. There are no Polygyridae which are

found exclusively in this area. Mesomphix rugeli (W. G. B.)

is a typical species.

The Roanoke river valley has provided a path from the Great

Valley, through the Blue Ridge, which many species have fol-

lowed. A typical example is Stenotrema stenotremum (Say).

Because of uncertainties as to the identity of some of the

species, particularly in the Philomycidae and Zonitidae, only

the Polygyridae will be discussed at this time. The other

families will be treated later when they are better understood.

Polygyra pustuloides (Bland). This species has been found

at two localities : At the bottom of a ravine on the north side of

White Oak Mountain, north of Spring Garden; and along

Cascade Creek, 2 miles south of West Fork.

Stenotrema harhatum (Clapp). A common species in the

flood-plains of the Dan and Roanoke Rivers.

Stenotrema stenotremum (Say). Common along the Roanoke

River bluffs from Smith Mountain to Altavista.

Stenotrema hirsutum (Say). Abundant over the entire

county on dry oak ridges, preferring a southern exposure.

Stenotrema fraternum (Say). Common in the hills above the

Dan and Roanoke Rivers.

Mesodon thyroidus (Say). Generally distributed over the

county, but commonest in the flood-plains of the Dan and Roa-

noke Rivers.

Mesodon mitchellianus downieanus (Bland) . Common in the

flood-plain of the Roanoke River from Smith Mountain to Alta-

Vista. In the headwaters of the Roanoke River the shells are

large, running between 14 and 16 mm. in diameter, and are in-

distinguishable from the northern M. mitchellianus (Lea) Down

the river they become smaller, running between 12 and 13 mm.

in Pittsylvania County, and agree with M. downieanus of

Tennessee. I believe that M. downieanus is only a small south-

ern race of M. mitchellianus.

Mesodon appressus form sculptior Chadwick. Common on

the cliffs along the Roanoke and Dan Rivers. The absence of

8 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

M. appress2is in the Blue Ridge sugjzests that this species came

down the Roanoke River, from the Great Valley, to the mouth

of the Dan, thence up the Dan into Pittsylvania County.

Mesodon appressus form laevior Pilsbry. Judgin^]: by the sam-

plings which I have made, this form must occur abundantly in

every backyard in Danville. It does not occur outside the city,

and is probably introduced.

Triodopsis tridentata jiixtidens (Pilsbry). There are two

distinct forms of this species here. The small form, running

between 11 and 13 mm. in diameter, is common in upland oak

woods in the Outer Piedmont. It is the common waste ground

snail in Gretna, Chatham, and Dry Fork, but is not found

in Danville. The large form, running between 14 and 18 mm.

in diameter, is of Blue Ridge stock w-hich has come down the

Dan and Roanoke Rivers and is abundant on the bluffs along

these rivers.

Triodopsis tennesseensis (Walker). I have collected this form

in several places in southwestern Virginia in company with T.

tridentata (Say) and it is always readily separable, and I be-

lieve it to be a distinct species. In Pittsylvania County it is

found only in the Smith Mountain Gorge.

Triodopsis tennesseensis burchi, new subspecies.

Differs from T. tennesseensis in being much smaller, with a

more glossy surface. The lip teeth are very small or wanting.

It ranges in diameter from 7.5 to 13 mm.

Height 5.5 mm., diameter 10.9 mm., 4.8 whorls. Holotype.

Height 6.7 mm., diameter 12.5 mm., 5 whorls. Paratype.

Height 4.1 mm., diameter 7.6 mm., 4.5 whorls. Callands.

Type locality : along U. S. 58, 3 miles west of Danville. Holo-

type and paratypes A.N.S.P. no. 186178, other paratypes A8422

in the collection of the author.

This is a common snail in the Inner Piedmont, ranging from

the western third of Pittsylvania County to the Blue Ridge.

It is named in honor of Dr. Paul R. Burch of Radford Col-

lege, Radford, Virginia.

Triodopsis fallax (Say). Common along roadsides and in

clearings, except in the southwestern part of the county.

Triodopsis vannostrandi aldbamensis (Pilsbry). Found only

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 9

in the southwestern part of the county. Along the River Road

in Danville, where this species meets T. fallax it hybridizes with

it.

Triodopsis denotata (Fer.). Found only in the Smith Moun-

tain Gorge.

Triodopsis aVbolabris (Say). Common over the county.

Piedmont stock averages 25 to 26 mm. in diameter. Blue Ridge

stock in the valleys of the Dan and Roanoke Rivers averages

somewhat larger.

Allogona profunda (Say). Found only along the Roanoke

River in the Smith Mountain Gorge.

MAXWELLIA, GENUS NOVUM OF MURICIDAE

By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JE.

After a diligent search through all the literature available

to him, this writer has been driven rather reluctantly to the

conclusion that no generic name exists which can reasonably be

applied to that group of species of which Murex gemma Sow-

erby ^ is the best known example.

The name Muricidea was proposed by Swainson ^ for this

group, and it has been widely used and is universally under-

stood, but unfortunately it was disqualified by Swainson (1840,

p. 65) 2 himself, who in a moment of mental aberration desig-

nated Murex magellanicus Gmelin ^ as type. According to

Tryon,^ this name is a synonym of Murex geversianus Pallas ^

which is the type of Trophon Montfort,^ so that the effect of

Swainson 's designation is to make Muricidea a synonym of

Trophon.

DalP has resurrected the name Triremis (Bayle) Fischer^

for this group, but this course is open to objection on several

1 Thes. Conch., Murex, p. 32, pi. 22, f. 214, 1879.

2 Treat. Malac, p. 296, 1840.

3 Syst. Nat., 13th edit., p. 3548, 1790.

4 Man. Conch., ser. 1, v. 2, p. 242, 1880.

5 Spicil. Zool., pi. 3, f. 1, 1769.

6 Conch. Syst., v. 2, p. 482, 1810.

7 Bull. U. S. N. M. 112, p. 106, 1921.

8 Man. de Conchyl., v. 1, p. 641, 1884.

10 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

grounds. First the type of Triremis is (by monotypy) Murex

gamhiensis Reeve.^ The figure by Reeve is of a shell with

ornate varices, fringed with hooks and frills, which differs widely

from the smooth shell of Murex gemma. Second, Murex gamhi-

ensis is also the type of the genus Purpurellus Jousseaume ^^

which has four years priority over Triremis, so that the latter

falls as an identical synonym of Purpurellus. And third, Dall

included the species Murex festivus Hinds ^^ in Triremis, which

appears to be a somewhat arbitrary procedure, for even if the

soft parts of Murex gemma and Murex festivus could be shown

to be identical there is sufficient difference not only in the shells

but also in the opercula to justify the segregation of these species

in separate genera. Neither one, however, could very logically

be considered congeneric with the type of Purpurellus.

Grant and Gale ^- have followed Dall in uniting Murex gemma

and Murex festivus in a single genus, but they use the name

Jaton Pusch ^^ into the synonymy of which they throw Jatova

Jousseaume (1880, p. 335) ^^ on the ground that the respective

generic types are identical. These are Murex decussatus Gmelin

(1790, p. 3527) 3 and Le Jatou, Adanson.^* Pusch 's alteration

of the spelling of Adanson's name appears to be due to the in-

ability of his proof reader to decipher his chirography. Jous-

seaume's rendition constitutes a much more satisfactory Latini-

zation of Adanson's vernacular, but we must accord priority to

Pusch and accept his orthography as men take their wives, for

better or for worse.

Adanson's figure of Le Jatou was reproduced by Reeve (1845,

pi. 27, f. 121) ^ under the name of Murex lingua-vervecina

Chemnitz ^^ incidentally referring to Adanson 's name as Le

Jaton, Reeve's chirography having been apparently on a par

with that of Pusch. This figure is almost the ''spit 'n' image"

of Murex festivics, which species may therefore reasonably be

assigned to Jaton, but Murex gemma can not.

9 Conch. Icon., v. 3, Murex, pi. 16, f. 65, 1845.

10 Le Naturaliste, p. 375, Dec. 15th, 1880.

11 Proc. Z. S. L., pi. 11, p. 127, March, 1844.

12 Mem. S. D. Soc. N. H., v. 1, p. 707, 1931.

13 Polens. Paleont., pt. 2, p. 135, 1837.

14 Hist. Nat. de Senegal, p. 129, pi. 9, f . 21, 1757.

15 Syst. Conch. Cab., v. 10, pi. 161, f. 1540-1, 1795.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS ' 11

Try on (1880, p. 116) ^ discarded the name Muricidea al-

together, but on taxonomie rather than on nomenclatorial

grounds. He transferred most of its species, Murex gemma

among them, to Ocenehra Leach ^^ where, as must be confessed,

its smooth shell seems more at home than among the spinose

forms of the genus Murex.

Thiele ^^ retained the name Muricidea, in the synonjrmy of

which he put the name Muricopsis Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and

Dollfus.^^ The present writer was formerly inclined to think

that Muricopsis might replace Muricidea but the original descrip-

tion and figure of the generic type seem to exclude Murex

gemma.

There are but few families which have been so cluttered up

with superfluous nomenclature as the Muricidae, and he who

has the temerity to add to this verbiage is under the moral re-

sponsibility carefully to consider the paraphrase of the question

so frequently put during the war days, and to ask himself, Is

this nomen novum really necessary? A single individual can

hardly examine personally every generic type ever designated in

this family, but that fact only emphasizes the importance of.

examining as many of them as possible. The present writer

has made an honest effort to examine the original descriptions

and figures of every generic type in this family set out in such

systematic works as those of Cossmann ^^ and Woodring ^° as

well as those of the twenty-six new names published by Jousse-

aume (1880, pp. 335-6) ^^ together with authentically named

specimens where available in the Museum of the San Diego

Society of Natural History, and he has concluded that the pro-

posal of a new name for Murex gemma instead of adding to the

confusion would clarify the situation, and he therefore offers

the following:

Maxwellia, genus novum.

Shell solidly built, with an elongated canal that is nearly

closed, but at no point of which is the closure quite complete.

16 Ann. Mag. N. H., v. 20, p. 269, 1847.

17 Handb. der Syst. Weichth., v. 1, pt. 1, pp. 293-4, 1929.

18 Moll. Mar. du Eoussillon, v. 1, p. 19, 1882.

19 Essai Paleo. Comp., pp. 1-66, 1903.

20 Cam. Inst. Wash. Publ. no. 385, pp. 287-96, 1928.

12 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Body whorl with approximately six varices, whose breadth ex-

ceeds that of the spaces alternating with them, as well as the

elevation of the varices themselves. Varices extending across

the suture to the periphery of the adjoining volution, resembling

architectural buttresses. Suture rather deep, and divided by

the varices into a series of pits which are the most distinctive

feature of the shell. No sutural tubes as in Typhis and no

expanded digitations of the outer lip as in Homalocantha.

Operculum with marginal nucleus.

This genus is named for Mr. Maxwell Smith, with whom the

present writer hunted for the shells of its generic type, Max-

wellia gemma (Sowerby),^ in their boyhood days, in fulfillment

of mutual promises exchanged at that time. The generic type

has been figured by Maxwell Smith. -^

Besides the type there are three other species that may be as-

signed to the new genus. Miiricidea santarosana Dall -- is cer-

tainly a Maxwellia. Murex fimbriatus Adams ^^ is quite in-

adequately described, but it has been figured by Sowerby (1879,

f. 215)1 and by Tryon (1880, pi. 26, f. 240)^ and there can be

no doubt as to its generic afiiliation.

The case of Muricidea erinaceoides (?), var. indentata Car-

penter -■* is peculiar. The interrogation point implies uncer-

tainty, not as to the validity of Carpenter's variety, but as to

the species to which Valenciennes -^ gave the name erinaceoides.

This name suggests similarity to Murex erinaceus Linnaeus -^

which is the type ^^ of Ocenehra Leach, while Murex erinaceoides

has been referred by Dall (loc. cit.) to Alipurpura (Bayle)

Fischer (1884, p. 641),^ which he considered a subgenus of

Murex. To complicate matters further, Tryon (1880, p. 232)*

identified Muricidea erinaceoides with Murex luguhris Brod-

erip,-^ which may or may not be the same as the species now

commonly known as Acanthina luguhris Sowerby (1822).

21 Catalog of Muricidae, pt. 1, no. 163, pi. 6, f. 12, 1938.

22 Nautilus, V. 19, p. 14, 1905; Bull. U. S. N. M. 112, pi. 13, f. 3, 4, 1921.

23 Proc. Z. S. L., p. 71, 1853.

24 Mazatlan Catalog, p. 527, 1857.

23 Eec. Obs. Humb. et Boupl., Moll., v. 2, p. 302, 1833.

26Sy8t. Nat., 12tli edit., p. 1216, 1767.

27 Proc. Z. S. L., p. 133, 1847.

28 Proc. Z. S. L., p. 175, 1832.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 13

Specimens of Murex erinaceoides in the collection of the San

Diego Society of Natural History, presumably identified ac-

curately, indicate that this species cannot be referred to Max-

wellia, and that its assignment to Muricidea was the result of

Carpenter's inability to understand Valenciennes' description.

Carpenter's own statement that his variety has varices ^' which

continue over the suture, leaving deep pits" make it clear that

whatever Murex erinaceoides may be, Muricidea indentata is a

Maxwellia.

Maxwellia santarosana, Maxwellia finihriata, and Maxwellia

indentata possibly may prove to be a single species; in which

case, Carpenter's name will prevail, since that of Adams is

preoccupied. But the geographical distribution of these seems

to indicate that Maxwellia santarosana is distinct from the other

two, as it has not been taken south of Cedros Island, while the

other two were taken in the Gulf of California and at Mazatlan,

respectively.

Records of Muricidea incisa Broderip (1832, p. 176)-^ from

California are in all probability based upon misidentifications

of Maxwellia gemma. Why these two species should ever have

been confused by Carpenter and by so many who have followed

him is difficult to say, since the two species have little in common.

Muricidea incisa probably belongs in Ocenehra where Tryon

(1880, p. 123) and later Strong-^ have placed it. Its home is

in the southern Central American republics. It is certainly not

a Maxwellia and it is mentioned here merely to clear up the

confusion with which it has been surrounded.

In the genus Typhis, the varices and the suture resemble those

of Maxwellia which suggests the thought that the latter genus

may represent the transitional link between the Typhinae and

the Muricinae. The same conchological features are to be found

in the genus Homalocantha, for which reason the present writer

is inclined to think that the relationships of both Maxwellia and

Homalocantha are with the Typhinae rather than with the

Muricinae, but the position of the boundaries which separate

subfamilies will always be a matter of personal judgment.

The writer wishes to thank Dr. Harald A. Rehder for examin-

ing a reference to which he did not have access, and especially

29 Min. Conch. Club. Sou. Calif., no. 51, p. 53, 1945.

14 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Dr. S. Stillman Berry, who had in preparation a manuscript

dealing with the same subject, but which he kindty surrendered

when he learned of the present writer's interest in this species.

KILLING AND PRESERVATION OF BIVALVE

LARVAE IN FLUIDS

By MELBOUENE EOMAINE CAERIKER

New Jersey Oyster Investigation Laboratory and the

Department of Zoology, Rutgers University

The permanent preservation of bivalve larvae admittedly

presents serious difficulties, whether in fluid or in solid media.

Because of the impossibility of collecting all stages of pelecypod

larvae in an estuary at one time, it is necessary, especially in a

comparative taxonomic study, to preserve them and to retain

their natural appearance as faithfully as possible. This paper

reports some preliminary experiments in the preservation of

these larvae from New Jersey estuaries.

In studies directed toward identification of estuarine bivalve

larval populations the year around, retention of the larvae in

fluids rather than in slide preparations has seemed to facilitate

rearrangement and close comparison of the specimens. These

experiments have been carried out during the last 2 years prin-

cipally with the larvae of Mytilus edulis Linne collected in

Shark River, where they are numerous especially during the

late winter and early spring months, and with other pelecypod

prodissoconchs during summer months in Little Egg Harbor.

Since in part the valves of these larvae are of a calcareous

nature, no acidic preservatives may be used, and since retention

of natural coloration is desirable, strongly fading chemicals

such as formalin are objectionable. In an effort to eliminate

formalin, attempts were made during the summer of 1949 to

discover a killing agent, other than formalin, which would cause

the larvae to retract, close quickly, and retain natural coloration.

Mercuric chloride, sodium hydroxide, and copper sulfate were

tried. Larvae killed in a concentration of mercuric chloride of

0.008 g. per 100 cc. of bay water gaped badly, secreted much

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 15

mucus and did not retract the velum. Likewise larvae killed

in approximately 0.003 N sodium hydroxide gaped badly and

did not retract the cilia. A light blue solution of copper sulfate

caused the larvae to gape and in addition an objectionable

bluish precipitate formed.

Since the available chemicals in a number of varying concen-

trations were unsatisfactory as killing agents, an attempt was

then made to determine the minimum concentration of formalin

which would fulfill the requirements of a good killing agent.

Accordingly^ on August 8 when bivalve larvae were numerous

in Little Egg Harbor, three 50 liter plankton samples were

pumped, and each diluted to approximately 100 cc. with bay

water. Neutralized formalin 40% commercial here considered

100% ) was added to each of these such that the final concentra-

tion became 0.5% in the first sample, 1.25% in the second, and

2.5% in the third. After 6 days, the soft parts of the larvae

in the 1.25% and 2.5% samples were still well preserved, the

soft parts were retracted, and the valves were tightly closed.

In the 0.5% sample, most of the larvae were preserved accept-

ably. These experiments indicated that the concentration of

formalin which we had been using in the field to kill larvae

(4% as recommended by Stafford, 1912) was too strong. Con-

sequently this concentration was reduced to 1%, and the follow-

ing fluid larval preservative was prepared : Formalin, 10 cc. ;

Commercial sugar, 100 g. ; Filtered bay water (20-30 ^/oo) to

make 1,000 cc, and alkalized to approximately pH 10.

Commercial sugar was added to aid in the preservation of

color (Turtox, 1947^8), as a clearing agent, and as a safety

factor against accidental evaporation of the fluid. The evapo-

ration of the preservative to a syrup is apparently non-injurious

to the larvae, resulting only in clearer specimens. Addition of

alkalized distilled water to the syrup quickly returns it to a

workable medium.

Magnesium carbonate and sodium hydroxide have been used

to alkalize the formalin. The carbonate however is only slightly

soluble, and the presence of residual particles is objectionable

w^hen dealing with microscopic forms. The hydroxide forms

a slight precipitate in sea water which hinders visibility. Pre-

liminary observations would indicate that sodium bicarbonate,

16 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

which is readily soluble in sea water, mig:ht be a more suitable

alkalizer. In these solutions, the pH should be held above 7;

a pH of 10 appears to do no harm. The solution should be

started with a high pH since, even in fluids sealed in glass vials,

chemical changes continue to take place which bring the hy-

drogen ion concentration up to the point where erosion of the

larval shells commences. Thus, to alkalize the preservative may

be necessary from time to time, or replacement of the old fluid

with new solution.

A second preservative has been used, which replaces the

formalin with mercuric chloride. I thought that in using this

fluid the good killing qualities of neutralized 1% formalin could

be utilized, and its undesirable fading qualities eliminated in

part by permanent preservation in the mercuric chloride fluid.

This second solution is based partly on the facts that the well

known and effective germicide, mercuric chloride, is particularly

serviceable in a standard solution of 1:1,000 (Jordan, 1936),

and that Griffith (1883) recommended an approximate concen-

tration of 0.068 g. of mercuric chloride per 1,000 cc. of solvent

for preserving mollusks : HgCU, 0.08 g. ; Commercial sugar, 100

g.; Filtered bay water (20-30 Voo) to make 1,000 cc, and alka-

lized to approximately pH 10.

In order to test the relative merits of these preservative fluids,

larvae were placed in each of the 3 preservatives: (a) 1%

formalin, (b) 4% formalin, same as (a) except for concentration

of formalin, and (c) mercuric chloride, in 5 cc. serum and

vaccine vials with rubber cap stoppers. The larvae are removed

from the vials for examination in finely drawn pipettes. At

the present writing some 8 months later, the pH in the 3 solutions

has dropped to approximately 6.8 (as checked with Hydrion pH

test papers). The larvae are in a good state of preservation.

By far the best results, though, have been obtained in the 1%

formalin solution. In this, the earliest straight hinge stages

are clear, sharply outlined and not eroded. In the 4% formalin

and in the mercuric chloride solutions, a slight graying has

taken place in the soft parts of the larvae. Preservation of

color, unfortunately, for any length of time has not yet been

achieved; in those larvae in which the color seems to be in-

corporated in the valves rather than in the soft parts, as in the

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 17

older stages of Mytilus edulis, Modiolus demissus Dillwyn,

Rochefortia planulata Stimpson, and others, it is retained for an

appreciably longer time.

M. edulis larvae have also been preserved in the 4% formalin

solution for as long as 16 months and remain in a fair state of

preservation. Some of these larvae, however, show signs of

erosion due to an unchecked fall in pH ; and in most of them the

color has faded considerably, due possibly to the high concentra-

tion of formalin.

Literature cited

Carriker, M. R. (In press.) Ecological Observations on the

Distribution of Oyster Larvae in New Jersey Estuaries,

Ecolog. Monogr.

Griffith, J. W., 1883, The Micrographic Dictionary. 4th ed.,

Vol. I.

Jordan, E. 0., 1936, General Bacteriology. W. B. Saunders Co.

Stafford, J., 1912, On the Recognition of Bivalve Larvae in

Plankton Collections, Contr. Can. Biol. 1906-10, 221-42.

TuRTox, 1947-48 Ed., Biological Field Work, p. 67.

CHONDROPOMA SCHALIEI

By H. BUERINGTON BAKER

This species of Chondropoma, sensu stricto, was based on

my ^ descriptive notes about *'C. swifti/' and on Dr. Henry van

der Schalie's^ remarks and excellent figure, with the addition

of a few other details.^ The description is brought together

now in one place, with additional data, which may be helpful,

but are not necessary for identification. The repetitions (some-

times with insignificant changes in wording) are included in

quotation marks, in order to show what, besides Schalie 's figure,

were included in the original proposal (1950).

1 1941, Notulae Naturae ANSP. 88, p. 4.

2 1948, Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 70, p. 35, pi. 2, fig. 10.

3 1950, Naut., vol. 63 (3), p. 108.

18 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Shell small, ovate when decollate, umbilicate; ''tan unicolor,

with central wall of plugged whorl orange," and with face of

peristome reflection lighter (as usual) ; apparently attaining

5% to 6 whorls. Young shells subconic, with rounded apex;

first iy2 whorls almost smooth and demarcated by prominent

growth wrinkles; next half whorl with widely spaced riblets,

which gradually are rendered crenulate by the strengthening

major spiral ridges; 4th whorl with sculpture similar to ulti-

mate. Later whorls evenly rounded, with ''growth sculpture

almost reduced to rows of bosses (sometimes sharp) on its

spiral ridges, and to subequal sutural crests"; bosses or cusps

mainly almost equally spaced in either direction, with long

axes parallel to growth lines, and often connected by low ridges

along them; major spirals (about 3 per mm. on sides of last

whorl) becoming stronger and appearing closer towards um-

bilicus (as usual) ; microscopic spiral striae 7 to 9 times as

numerous as major ridges; ''last %o (of body whorl) solute"

and quite markedly crested. Aperture broadly ovate, almost

subcircular. Peristome ("only exceeded by C. yunquei in

peristomial expansion") often appearing double but actually

multiplex, with expanded earlier lamellae forming a broad,

flattish surface, which is widest and often undulate on columellar

side, "with parietal angle produced (apparently more than in

closely related Haitian species) to form narrowly rounded

crest," slightly less angular than in restored figure, and with

innermost lip (in old shells) distinctly produced in direction of

growth. Operculum (partly visible inside aperture in Schalie's

figure) "thin, with a weak calcareous layer, that fades out to-

wards margin" on its later whorls, but which (as usual in

Pomatiasidae) is dissolved away from the earlier ones; fitting

tightly into the aperture ; with about 3% whorls.

"Type ANSP. 186175, a female, quite similar to cited figure;

it measures: length 10.7 mm., major diameter 7.0, minor 5.6,

with 3% whorls remaining. Males average smaller; one meas-

ures: length 8.2 mm., maj. diam. 5.8, minor 4.7, with 3% whorls

retained. From Cerro Capron, semidesert hills east of entrance

to Guanica Harbor (southwest coast), Puerto Rico; hiding in

the arid coastal limestone," and not seen climbing trees even

during a rainstorm. " (Tallaboa shells more whitish; males

about size of Guanica females.) "

C. schaliei, peculiarly enough from the geographic viewpoint,

appears most like the Haitian forms "* from towards the western

end of that island, which perhaps may be correlated with the

similarity of their arid environments. Following Dr. Bartsch's

4Bart8ch, 1946, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 192, pp. 52-59.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 19

key (p. 52)* leads me to C. hlanchardi, but these multiplex

peristomes vary with age and in individuals, and the innermost

lip becomes distinct after maturity. In general, C. schaliei

seems to agree most closely with C. genevievae in size and sculp-

ture, although it approaches the larger C. gonavense in form.

In the Haitian species, the spiral sculpture, at least on the sides

of the last whorl, seems less evident than the growth threads,

but the reverse is true of C. schaliei.^

DISTRIBUTION OF THE MOLLUSKS IN A BASIC

BOG LAKE AND ITS MARGINS

By EALPH W. dexter

Kent State University, Kent, Ohio

During the twelve years between the autumn of 1937 and the

autumn of 1949, the writer collected mollusks from a glacial

bog lake known as Dollar Lake in Portage County, Ohio. Col-

lections have been made during all seasons of the year except

winter. Part of the collections were made with students in

classes of field zoology, ecology, and limnology ; part were made

by the writer working alone. Specimens were obtained with

the Peterson bottom sampler, dredge net, dip net, and hand

trowel. Data thus accumulated give a clear picture of the

abundance and distribution of moUuscan life in this bog lake

and its margins.

Dollar Lake is situated near Twin Lakes, four miles northeast

of Kent, on the divide between Lake Erie and Ohio River drain-

ages. It is a relict of the Late Wisconsin glaciation, and it is

quite typical of such bog lakes except that the water is for the

most part basic (alkaline) rather than acidic. This fact prob-

ably explains the abundance and diversity of mollusks in this

eutrophic body of water. It is roughly circular in outline,

about six acres in area, with a maximum depth of 23 feet. Most

of the bottom is less than 18 feet below the surface. There is

no (drainage, although during high water the surface waters of

this lake flood a swamp margin and join those of East Twin

20 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Lake with which there may be an underground connection be-

cause of the lack of a substantial boundary between them. The

temperature range is from 0-28°C. at the surface and from

3-23°C. at the bottom. Ice to a depth of about one foot usually

forms each winter from December to March. During periods of

heavy rainfall, and especially during the spring thaw, the water

level may be raised as much as 8-10 inches above average at

which times the bog and swamp shelves are flooded. This per-

mits the aquatic mollusks to extend their range. During periods

of drought, and often by the end of the summer season, the

water level may be 7-8 inches below normal level, causing the

aquatic species to withdraw from the shore margin, become

quiescent, or perish. The hydrogen ion concentration of sur-

face water ranges from pH 6.8 in the spring to 8.6 in summer.

The range of pH at the bottom is from 6.7 in summer to 7.5 in

the late fall. Temperature and pH are uniform from top to

bottom during the spring and fall overturn of the lake (spring

aver. 4°C., pH 7.1; fall aver. 6°C., pH 7.3). During the sum-

mer the water is stratified from the surface (28°C.; pH 8.6)

to the bottom (23°C.; pH 6.7). During the winter there is a

less pronounced stratification from just under the ice (0°C.,

pH 7.8) to the bottom (4°C.; pH 6.9). A complete report on

the temperature and hydrogen ion concentration is being pre-

pared for publication elsewhere. Preliminary abstracts on en-

vironmental features have already been published (Dexter,

1942, 1946).

The bottom of the lake is composed of a soft, black silt com-

posed of fine organic detritus (ooze) mixed with clay. It has a

gelatinous consistency. Generally it is neutral or slightly acid

in reaction. Below the depth contour of 12 feet, vascular plants

do not grow, and mollusks have never been found on or in the

bare bottom deposits. In the shallow marginal waters, there

are four concentric zones of submerged, floating, and emergent

vegetation, although two of these are not continuous around the

lake. At the edge of the water is a floating sphagnum mat

(quaking shelf) containing three concentric zones, two of wliich

form a continuous margin. Behind these are a tamarack-bog

community on the southwestern shores and a willow-swamp

community on the northeastern shores developed on deposits of

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 21

peat moss. The swamp-type of vegetation has developed on one

shore as a result of disturbance of the original bog vegetation,

and in recent years the former has been spreading at the ex-

pense of the latter. Beyond the swamp, on higher ground, is

a hardwood climax forest. All these zones are briefly described

below, and the molluscan population of each one as well as the

general abundance and distribution of each species can be de-

termined from the table. Names of mollusks follow those used

by Goodrich and van der Schalie (1944) ; plant names follow

Schaffner (1928). Baker (1927) and Archer (1939) studied

the mollusks occurring in somewhat similar habitats as those

reported here.

1. Chara-Myriophylluni Zone. A bed of submerged plants,

chiefly stonewort {Chara sp.) and milfoil (M. verticillatum)

forms a circular ring around the lake from the edge of the bare

bottom sediments at a depth of about 12 ft. on its outer margin

to a depth of some 6 ft. on the inner margin. In most places

it ranges in width from 25-50 ft., but along the shallow south-

eastern section it reaches nearly 100 ft. across. This zone has

been increasing in extent in recent years; in places it has pene-

trated into the next three zones, and in some sections has

partly replaced the vegetation of these adjacent zones. Usu-

ally the water conditions here are much the same as in the

upper half of the lake water at the place of its greatest depth.

Of the seven species of mollusks collected here, Amnicola

limosa, Valvata tricarinata, and Helisoma campanulatum are

most characteristic and are commonly found throughout the

shallow waters of the lake.

2. Potamogeton Zone. At the inner edge of the preceding zone

at a depth of about 6 feet begins another submerged zone con-

sisting largely of pondweeds (P. rohinsii, lucens, pectinatus,

interruptus, and foliosus) with some eelgrass (Vallisneria

spiralis) and bladderwort (Utricularia macrorhiza). It ex-

tends to a depth of about 2 feet, often penetrating among the

stems of the floating and emergent plants of succeeding zones.

Its width varies from a few feet on the steeper shores to about

15-20 feet on more gentle slopes. The water over this zone, and

the next two as well, is usually much the same as the surface

water of the lake. All 13 species of the aquatic mollusks re-

22 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

corded in this study were present here with abundance of each

equal to or greater than that found elsewhere. Half of the

species were taken in large numbers in every collection. This

is the most favorable habitat for the aquatic snails.

3. Castalia Zone. This floating zone of white water lily (C.

odorata) has been largely destroyed in recent years, but at its

best development consisted of scattered patches of a few square

yards in area around the lake at the junction of the submerged

and emergent vegetation, forming a transition between them

at a depth of 2-3 feet. Aquatic snails were formerly common

especially on the lower surface of the floating leaves.

4. Nymphaea-Pontederia Zone. This emergent zone is rooted

in the water at a depth of 2-3 feet with the stems and leaves

elevated above the water surface. It is not yet continuous

around the lake, and the two species are still segregated. If

left undisturbed, patches of these two will probably merge and

form a complete ring at the edge of the open water. Spadder-

dock {N. advena) forms an extensive crescent 47 feet across at

the widest point around the southeastern shoreline. This tapers

off at each end to a few feet in width and then forms small dis-

continuous patches at various points around the rest of the lake.

Along the eastern shore there is a large patch of pickerel weed

(P. cor data) 9 feet in width in place of the more prevalent

spadderdock. Duckweed (Lemna minor) floats among both.

Snails are common on the stems and also on the leaves of those

plants which dip down into the water. On the wooden piles of

the boat dock, set into the water of this zone, were found

Amnicola limosa in abundance, Menetus exacuous and Helisoma

campanulatum frequently, and Lymnaea ohrussa and Succinea

retusa occasionally.

5. Decodon Zone. Around the outer edge of the floating

Sphagnum mat is a narrow strip composed almost entirely of

swamp loosestrife or water willow (D. verticillatus), the roots

of which are ordinarily covered by several inches of water.

Along the bog shelf it is as much as 4 feet wide, while along

the swamp shelf it often ranges from 7-9 feet wide. It is a

continuous belt around the lake, marking the transition from

open water to the quaking shelf of peat moss. Aquatic mollusks

are very common in the shallow water at the base of the plants

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 23

where the water is generally alkaline, but occasionally less

alkaline than the open surface water. During low water level

this margin has no standing water, at which time slugs are found

more commonly than the snails. At such times the soil pH is

slightly acid.

6. Toxicodendron-Vaccinium Zone. Behind the margin of

Decodon on the bog shelf is a shrub zone consisting largely of

poison sumac {T. vernix), tall blueberry (V. corymhosum) , and

alder {Alnus incana, A. rugosa) growing for the most part on

hummocks just above water level. At the base of these shrubs

are such plants as leatherleaf {Chamaedaphne calyculata), cin-

namon fern (Osmunda cinnamomea) , jewelweed {Impatiens

pallida), and ground nut {Glycine apios) with a growth of

Sphagnum mosses intermingled with all. A few red maple

{Acer rub rum) saplings and several other invading swamp

plants are becoming established here. This zone is about 17

feet wide. The soil pH ranges from 5.0-6.0. Slugs are the

most common mollusks found here except during high water

when some of the aquatic snails, especially Helisoma campanii-

latum and Gyraulus parvus penetrate into this lowland.

7. Larix Zone. Behind the shrubs, on somewhat higher and

larger hummocks, is a strip of tamarack {L. laricina) some 55

feet wide. On the hummocks around the base of the trees grow

the sensitive fern {Onoclea sensihilis) and Canada mayflower

{Unifolium canadense) while among the hummocks grow the

shrubs of the preceding zone. The tamaracks are slowly dying

out. The soil pH ranges from 4.0-5.0. A few slugs are found

on the hummocks, while under loose bark of fallen tamaracks

Hawaiia minuscula has been collected.

8. Typha Zone. Behind the Decodon margin on the swamp

shelf is a series of patches of broad-leaved cattails {T. latifolia),

especially in areas where disturbances have taken place. At

its best development, it is some 10-20 feet wide although often

it is but a very narrow transition between the Decodon margin

and the shrubs behind it. Mixed with the cattail are such

plants as purple marshlocks {Comarum palustre) . Nearly all

the aquatic mollusks found in this study have been collected in

the shallow water here. The water here is always considerably

less alkaline than the preceding zone, and sometimes is slightly

24 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

acid. The soil pH averages about 6.0. Baker (1927) found

the moUusks in his study to be most abundant from shoreline

to a depth of 6 feet. Below that depth he found only seven out

of 30 species and varieties. The same general results are shown

at this lake.

9. Cephalanthus Zone. At the edge of the water-covered por-

tion of the shelf is a discontinuous margin of buttonbush (C.

occidentalis) . Among these shrubs grow such plants as red

osier dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), swamp rose {Rosa Carolina),

swamp milkweed {Asclepias incarnata), royal fern {Osmunda

regalis), marsh fern (Dryopteris thelypteris), rushes and sedges.

Here again, this zone is largely the result of revegetation follow-

ing disturbance. At its best it extends some 25 feet across.

The soil reaction is slightly acid. The most characteristic mol-

lusk here is the amphibious snail Succinea retusa. Only during

high water is this section flooded. At such times aquatic species

will be found on the surface as well as in the Sphagnum mat

where some seem to survive between periods of flooding. This

zone and the preceding one are rapidly being crowded out by

the next one.

10. Alnus Zone. The shrub zone of the swamp shelf consists

largely of alder {mixture of A. incana and rugosa) . In open-

ings and around the edges may herbaceous plants are found

such as smartweed {Polygonum spp.), bittersweet {Solarium

dulcamara), jewelweed, swamp milkweed, ground nut, and hog

peanut {Falcata comosa), but for the most part it is a solid stand

of the species of Alnus some 28 feet in width on the average.

These shrubs are usually above normal water level, often on

hummocks, although subject to flooding. The soil reaction is

slightly acid and the flood waters are less alkaline than in open

water. Here some of the land snails will be found when it is

dry; aquatic species when flooded. Some of the aquatic species

survive in puddles of water or in moist peat moss among the

clumps of shrubs. The dual nature of the habitat has resulted

in the aggregation of the largest number of molluscan species

found at this lake. Besides the movement of mollusks associ-

ated with high and low water levels, Cheatum (1934) has shown

that when the temperature declines in the fall, shallow water

snails migrate into deeper water, to spend the winter. In the

spring, the reverse is true.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 25

11. Salix Zone. The inner edge of the swamp shelf is domi-

nated by willow {S. nigra). Some red maple, slippery elm

(Ulnius fidva), and wild cherry {Prunus virginiana) saplings,

flowering dogwood {Cynoxcylon fioridium), hawthorn {Cra-

taegiis sp.), and elderberry {Samhucus canadensis) are also

present. There is an understory of common weeds, herbs, and

ferns among the shrubs and trees. The zone averages 23 feet

in width; the soil reaction is nearly neutral. The clay soil is

always moist but seldom flooded. A few aquatic mollusks seem

to survive in the wet soil. Land gastropods are common here.

ZONATION OF MOLLUSKS AT DOLLAR LAKE

Zones: 123456 789 10 11 12

Menetus exacu&us S C S S C N HS

Valvata tricarinata C C C C C C HS HS

Ammicola limosa A A A A A HS C HS HS

Helisoma campanulatum . C C C N C HN C HS HN

Physa heterostropha S C N N C HS C HN HN

Gyraulus parvus N C N N S HN C HN HC HS

Pisidium spp S N N N S HS S HN HN HS

Ferrissia sp N S

Musculium spp S SN S HS

Lymnaea obrussa N N ' S HS HN

Lymnaea palustris N S N NHNHS

Sphaerium spp C N C HS C HN HN HS

Succinea retusa SNNN CCNN

Deroceras (2 spp.) SSNSNNCCC

Hawaiia minuscula S N N N

Pallifera sp S S

Immature land snails ... S N C N

Stenotrema hirsutum N C S

Anguispira altemata .... N C C

Discus patulus N

Mesodon thyroidus N N

Triodopsis tridentata .... S S

Strobilops aenea S

In the accompanying chart, the numbers at the tops of ttie

columns correspond to the zones in the body of the paper. A =

abundant ; C = common ; N = numerous ; S = scarce : H = dur-

ing hisrh water.

26 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

12. Quercus-Fagiis-Vlnuis Zone. On the bluff bordering

the swamp shelf is an upland hardwood forest margin some 80

ft. wide of red oak {Q. rubra), white oak {Q. alba), beech (F.

grandi folia), American elm {V . americana), pignut {Hicoria

glabra), white ash {Fraxinus americana) , and cucumber mag-

nolia {Magnolia acuminata). The understory consists of such

plants as w4tch-hazel (Hamamelis virginiana), green brier

(Smilax rotundifolia) and a floor of woodland herbs. The soil

varies from slightly acid to neutral in reaction. Land gastro-

pods are found under logs and loose bark, debris, and in the leaf

mold, but not as commonly in general as in the lower willow

zone.

Literature cited

Archer, A. F., 1939, The Ecology of the Mollusca of the Edwin

S. George Reserve, Livingston County, Michigan. Occas.

Papers of the Mus. of Zool. University of Michigan. No.

398. 24 pp.

Baker, F. C, 1927, Molluscan Associations of White Lake,

Michigan : A Study of a Small Inland Lake from an Ecological

and Systematic Viewpoint. Ecology, 8 (3), 353-370.

Cheatum, E. p., 1934, Limnological Investigations on Respira-

tion, Annual Migratory Cj^cle, and Other Related Phenomena

in Fresh-Water Pulmonate Snails. Trans, of the Micros.

Soc, 53 (4), 348-407.

Dexter, R. W., 1942, A Basic Bog Lake Developing a Swamp-

Type Succession in Northeastern Ohio. Bull. Ecol. Soc.

Amer., 23 (4), 66. 1946. Monthly and Annual Fluctuations

of Temperature and Hvdrogen Ion Concentration in a Basic

Bog Lake. Bull. Ecol.'Soc. Amer., 27 (1), 5.

Goodrich, C, and H. van der Schalie, 1944, A Revision of the

Mollusca of Indiana. Amer. Midi. Nat., 32 (2), 257-326.

Schaffner, J. H., 1928, Field Manual of the Flora of Ohio.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 27

THE TYPE OF A SPECIES

By H. BURRINGTON BAKER

From the viewpoint of nomenclature, the true or ''primary"

type material (cf. ''proterotypes")^ of a species or subspecies

is determined by its indication, definition or description at the

time of its original publication (cf. Art. 25a).- ''In no case is

the word 'indication' to be construed as including museum labels,

museum specimens, or. . . ."^ "Specific and subspecific names

are subject to the same rules and recommendations. . . ."

(Art. 11.) 2

If only one specimen is the basis for the original proposal

of a species, it is the type (cf. "holotype")^ and there are no

paratypes. Many, probably the majority of new species of land

snails belong in this category, which usually can be recognized

by the inclusion of only one set of dimensions, although the de-

scription also must be studied carefully. Such a monotypic

condition is always definite; proof that it does not exist must

come from the original publication.*

When a species is not monotypic, and a type specimen ("holo-

type") is designated by the original author, the other examples

of the true type material become paratypes (Appendix).^ If

no type is designated originally, all the included specimens con-

stitute the undivided type material or type lot (cf. "syntype"

or "cotype").^

"The division of a species into two or more restricted species

is subject to the same rules as the division of a genus." (Art.

11905, Schuchert and Buckman, Science (N. S.) 21, pp. 899-901; also

quoted in ''The Century Dictionary Supplement," New York (1914). Al-

most none of these superfluous compounds of the word ' ' type ' ' has had

any exact or constant meaning. (Only genotype and paratypes are used in

the rules.) Despite Article 31, many of them also have been combined with

genotype (and even with ' ' subgenotype " ! ) : e.g., ' ' lectogenotype " and

' ' genolectotype. " Cf. Walter Horn, 1929, 10th Congres Internat. Zool.

Budapest, 2, pp. 1022-1042; and D. L. Frizzell, 1933, American Midland

Naturalist, 14, pp. 637-668, for lengthy glossaries.

2 International rules (or code) of zoological nomenclature, articles, and

appendix.

3 1907. Opinion 1 of the international commission.

4 Cf. Opinions 22, 30, and 47, although they deal with genera.

28 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

31.)^ As previously discussed,^ the code makes no provision for

subsequent action prior to such division. Richter ^ has pointed

out that the rules (Art. 30)- for the type of a genus (genotype)

probably also should be utilized for the division of a species,

in so far as they are applicable. Changing two words (now

put in italics) in article 30g would give: If an author, in pub-

lishing a species with more than one valid specimen, fails to

designate (see a)^ or to indicate (see b, d)^ its type, any subse-

quent author may select the type, and such designation is not

subject to change. Thus subsequent selection of type (cf.

' ' lectotype " ) ^ is only legitimate when: (1) the species is being

divided, (2) it originally included more than one valid specimen,

and (3) no type was designated in the original publication.

All examples which are not included in the original proposal

of a species (cf. ' ' apotypes " ) ^ lack legal status under the present

rules. However, if the original type specimen is lost, ruined or

even unavailable, an example to serve as a standard of reference

(cf. ^'neotype")^ is useful, even though it puts no legal obliga-

tion on anybody else. Of course, if this standard of reference

is one of the paratypes, it has the advantage of being an original

or ''primary" example. Also, secondary consideration (pri-

mary in monotypic species) should be given to any specimen

(cf. ''heautotype")^ named or figured by the author of the

species, even subsequently to his original publication. Finally,

if all material identified by the original author be lost, a new

figure and description of any other example (cf. ''plesio-

type")/ especially if from the type locality, may serve as a very

welcome standard of reference for future systematic studies,

even though it has no arbitrary or legal status.

'o 1950, Nautilus, 63 (4), pp. 128-130.

6 1948, "Einfiihrung in die zoologisehe Nomenklatur, " etc., p. 182.

7 Type by original designation.

8 Neither **b" or "d" is applicable to species. Eichter (1948, p. 170)

printed " (vgl. b-d) " but ''c'' (monotypic) was already excluded.

» Richter (1948, p. 37) specifically gave preference to the use of a para-

type as a "neotype,*' which is close to the original (generic) meaning.

Schenk and McMasters (1936, "Procedure in Taxonomy," p. 7) excluded

original type material, but then confusingly included "neotype" in their

*' primary types."

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 29

HIATELLA DAUDIN VERSUS SAXICAVA BELLEVUE

By henry dodge

(Continued from April number)

Sherborn gave the date of Bose's work as 1802 in the Additions

to the Bibliography of Sherborn's Index (1932), whereas in the

main Index he used 1801.

Through the courtesy of Dr. L. C. Cox of the Malacological

Society of London, I was enabled to have an examination made of

Sherborn's original manuscript, which is, I understand, in the

custody of the British Museum (Natural History), in an en-

deavor to throw some light on Sherborn's use of the two different

dates. A note was discovered reading: *' Buff on, Castel's ed.

(Deterville), J.Gen.Litt. Fr. 5 vols.l8, Vend.lO (1801) Bosc.

Coq." Elsewhere in the manuscript he had written: '^L.A.G.

Bosc, Coquilles, An 10, 1802, 5.vols.," but here the date had been

altered to 1801, and the following added: *'all altered in the

slips," and '^corrected from J. Gen. Litt.Fr." I am indebted to

Mr. C. P. Castell of the Department of Geology, British Museum,

for his kindness in examining the Sherborn notes.

The ''Journal General de la Litterature de France," to which

the above notes refer, was a bibliographic monthly which ap-

peared in Paris in the first decades of the nineteenth century. It

was not available to Mr. Castell, but the necessary volume is in

the New York Public Library, the Boston Athenaeum, Harvard

University, the University of Minnesota, the American Philo-

sophical Society, Philadelphia and the Library Company of Phil-

adelphia. Its volume 4 bears the date ''1801" on its title-page,

and on page 291 of this volume is printed a review of the Bosc

work. The notice is short but certainly covered a published

work, as the periodical reviewed all important books, in certain

categories, currently appearing. The contents, the format and

even the price are stated. Moreover, the review appeared in the

fascicule for **Vendemaire An 10 de la Republique francaise,"

the Republican ''month" which covered the period September 23

to October 22, 1801. Thus we have unimpeachable, contemporary

evidence that the Bosc work was published prior to the latter

date. Under the Rules, therefore, Hiatella has priority over

30 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

Saxicava. Little would be gained by applying for a suspension

of the Rules in favor of the widely-used Saxicava, even if it could

be obtained, as the name Hiatella is already known to all conchol-

ogists as a possible valid substitute, and therefore little confu-

sion would result from its future use.

As should be added, Hiatella was, with Daudin, a manuscript

name, and should be used as '' Hiatella Daudin in Bosc." Bosc

confirms this (op. cit., vol. 3, p. 120) in saying: "This genus has

been created (a ete fait) by Daudin, who kindly permitted me to

make use of his interesting manuscripts for this work.'* (The

italics are mine.)

The question of the type of Hiatella may be simply, if some-

what arbitrarily decided. Daudin cited only two species in the

genus, whose descriptions read (Translation) :

Hiatella gaping at both ends. Hiatella hiaperta. Concentri-

cally wrinkled, with two spinous, divergent ribs, gaping at both

ends. Plate 21, fig. 2.

Hiatella gaping at both ends. Hiatella monoperta. Trans-

versely wrinkled, with two spinous, divergent ribs, gaping at one

end. Plate 21, fig. 1.

Tranquebar, a region on the south-east coast of India, was

given as the locality of both species, and the specimens were said

to come from the cabinet of Favanne.

Figure 2 shows a shell which can well be taken for My a arctica,

both from the description and the figure itself. The same may be

said for the other figure, which shows a smaller shell. Both have

the pointed scales on the ribs (which Daudin describes as spines)

that distinguish one form of arctica. Neither show any indication

of a gape nor do they picture the hinge. The difference in the

sculpture, as stated in the descriptions, is not understood. Most

Saxicava are coarsely and concentrically wrinkled and possibly

Daudin was misled, as to the direction of the wrinkles, by the

shape of the specimen before him. The mention of a difference

in the gape is also not understood. Saxicava may be described as

closed, but with an aperture for the byssus. I know of no form

gaping at both ends. Both species are described as having the

spiny ribs characteristic of our arctica.

In any evaluation of a description of a Saxicava, and particu-

larly of the complex containing arctica, it must be remembered

that the shells are extremely variable, due to their habitats and

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 31

differences in their burrowing habits. This variability has re-

sulted in several names which may or may not be of specific

value. The forms arctica, rugosa and pholadis, for example, are

thought by some writers to be distinct, and by others to be mere

ecological varieties of the same species. Bucquoy, Dautzenberg

and Dollfus believe arctica and rugosa, at least, to be separable.

Grant and Gale (1931, p. 428), although they cite all three as

good species, suggest that they may all be varieties of the same

shell. Another difficulty one encounters in this group is that

many writers, both in their descriptions and their figures, have

apparently confused the various forms, as for instance by de-

scribing the spines or scales on the ribs for a form which another

writer describes without that feature, while giving it to another.

I am strongly inclined to the view that the three above-named

forms, at least, are all habitat forms of one very variable species

which may be called arctica s.s., with rugosa and pholadis and sev-

eral other forms, which have received names, as varieties. I am

also convinced that both of the shells described and figured in

Bosc were not only forms of H. arctica, but, from the mention of

the spines, were that form which I have called the typical one.

Inasmuch as Linnaeus described arctica with emphasis on these

spines — ''valvulis carinis duabus spinulosis" — there is no ques-

tion but that we have correctly determined our arctica to be

the representative of the Linnaean species, and entitled to bear

the name. Until a study can be made of an adequate series of

Eiatella from Tranquebar, or at least that part of the Indian

Ocean, or until the unlikely event of Daudin's types being found,

the type of the genus may be cited safely as H. hiaperta Daudin

+ H. monoperta Daudin, = Mya arctica Linne, by subjective

monotypy.^

One further reference to the name Eiatella Daudin should be

mentioned. Bosc's work merely referred to Daudin's "interest-

ing manuscripts," without giving any date to them. If they

were mere unpublished notes their date or dates are not important

4 We know that Eiatella, which is primarily a boreal genus, has a very

wide temperature range, H. arctica itself having been reported in the West-

ern Hemisphere as far south as Panama. There is little reason to doubt that

it could live on the coasts of India. The U. S. National Museum has speci-

mens of Saxicava from Ceylon and Siam (personal communication, species

not stated).

32 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

in fixing the date of the valid erection of the genus. There is

also, however, a dated and published work of Daudin, the ex-

istence of which, although it proved to be of no significance so

far as Hiatella is concerned, served to temporarily becloud the

issue. In J. E. Gray's "List of British Animals" (1851, vol.

7, pp. 87-89) the compiler allots the genus Saxicava to S. rugosa

Linne and Hmtella to S. arctica Linne, and cites for the name

Hiatella a ** memoir" of Daudin said to date from 1800, a year

prior to Bosc's publication of the name. Dall (1898, pp. 833-

834) was sufficiently interested by this reference to investigate

it, and I will quote his remarks in full :

*'Bosc and Roissy do not refer to this memoir, but mention

two species from Tranquebar in Favanne's collection, both of

which are figured in the atlas to Bosc's work. Lamarck without

ceremony refers Bosc's figures to My a arctica Linne and cites

but that single species under the genus. Dr. Gray cites Hiatella

arctica from Daudin 's memoir of 1800, but without mentioning

page or figure for it, which leads to the suspicion that he may

not have actually seen the paper itself. If his citations be

correct, there would seem to be no doubt that Hiatella should be

adopted in place of the later Saxicava, but in the doubt that

remains I hesitate to make the change, and would prefer to

leave it to some one who can consult the original memoir."

Dall added the following footnote to the above: "Since this

was written I have learned, through the kindness of Mr. Edgar

A. Smith of the British Museum, that there is no mention of

Hiatella rw Daudin' s memoir of 1800.' ' (Italics mine.)

A copy of the 1800 memoir, of which Dall was apparently

unaware, is in the library of the American Museum of Natural

History in New York. It is entitled "Receuil de ]Meinoires et

de Notes sur les especes inedites ou peu connues de Mollusques,

de Vers, et de Zoophytes." The only group covered which eon-

tains moUusks is Serpula Linne. There is no mention of

Hiatella. The booklet in 12 mo., is apparently complete and the

number of pages and plates is the same as is reported in the

"Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum" (pp. 50, 4

plates). Obviously Gray had not seen a copy.

The Daudin "manuscripts," referred to by Bosc, have not,

so far as I have been able to determine, been referred to again

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 33

and are probably not preserved. In any event, Bosc, 1801 is

the first published record of the name Hiatella.

References cited

Anon. 1801. Journal general de la litterature de France. Vol.

4. Paris.

Bosc, L. A. G. 1801. Histoire naturelle des coquilles. Vol. 3.

Paris.

BucQUOY, E., Phillippe Dautzenberg and Gustave F. Dollfus.

1896. Les mollusques marins du Roussillon. Vol. 2, fasc. 11.

Paris.

Cotton, Bernard C., and Frank K. Godfrey. 1938. The mol-

luscs of South Australia. Handbook of the flora and fauna of

South Australia. South Australian branch of British science

guild. Part 1, Pelecypoda. Adelaide.

Dall, William Healey. 1898. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.,

vol. 5, pt. 4. Philadelphia.

Daudin, Francois Marie. 1800. Receuil de Memoires et de

Notes sur les especes inedites ou peu connues de Mollusques,

de Vers, et de Zoophytes. Paris.

Fleuriau de Bellevue, C. 1802. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., no.

62, pp. 105-109. Paris.

1802. Jour, de physique, vol. 54, pp. 345-355. Paris.

Grant, Ulysses S. IV, and Hoyt Rodney Gale. 1931. Mem.

San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1.

Gray, John Edward. 1851. List of the specimens of British

animals in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 7. Lon-

don.

Lamy, Edouard. 1915. Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 21,

pp. 243-252.

1921. [idem], vol. 27, pp. 361-365.

LiNNE, Carl von. 1767. Systema naturae per regna tria na-

turae . . . , vol. 1, regnum animale. Stockholm.

Sherborn, CD. 1927. Index animalium . . . Vol. 3. London.

1932. Additions to the Bibliography of Sherborn 's Index.

London.

Smith, Maxwell. 1940. World-wide sea shells. Lantana.

34 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

NEW SUBGENERA OF BUSYCON ROEDING

By E. SYDNEY MARKS

FuLGUROPsis, subgenus novum.

Shell is dextral, large, pyriform, and similar to that of Busycon

s. s., to which this group is closely related, but with canaliculate

suture and with rounded or keeled shoulders (without spines or

tubercles) in the adult stage. Protoconch is smooth, glossy, ob-

lique, and comprised of two volutions. Canal is long, straight

and open. Columellar lip is without folds or plaits. Outer lip

is simple and entire. No posterior canal is present. Operculum

is horny, and similar to that of Busycon, s. s. Periostracum is

generally lost. Color of shell is buffy or gray, and is typically

marked, at least in younger stages, with ''lightning flashes" of

chestnut brown. Aperture is usually reddish within. Shell gen-

erally has sculpture of fine, revolving lines or ridges, which typi-

cally show within the aperture. Type species: Busycon {F.)

pyrum (Dillwyn) = Bulla pyrum Dillwyn, 1817, Cat. I, p. 485.

Fulguropsis differs from Busycon, s. s., in the following par-

ticulars : Canaliculate suture, different protoconch of two whorls,

and absence of spines or tubercles.

The following species are included: Busycon {Fulguropsis)

pyrum (Dillwyn) and B. (F.) canaliculatum — Murex canalicu-

latus Linne, 1767. Fossil species are : B. (F.) pyriforme = Syco-

typus pyriformis Conrad, 1867, and B. {F.) excavatum = Fulgur

excavatus Conrad, 1840.

Fulguropsis thus replaces Sycotypus Gill, 1867, not Gray,

1847.

Sycofulgur, subgenus novum.

The Miocene type species, Busycon (Sycofulgur) rugosum =

Fulgur rugosus Conrad, 1840, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

vol. 1, p. 307, differs in having nodes on its shell throughout its

growth ; otherwise it is like Fulguropsis.

July, 1950] THE NAUTILUS 35

NOTES AND NEWS

Dates of The Nauth^us. — Volume 63, no. 1, pp. 1-36, pis.

1 and 2, was mailed Sept. 19, 1949. No. 2, pp. 37-72, pis. 3,

4 and frontispiece, Nov. 1, 1949. No. 3, pp. 73-108, pis. 5 and

6, Feb. 13, 1950. No. 4, pp. 109-144, i-vi, pis. 7-10, April 4,

1950.— H. B. B.

The status of Vallonia excentrica Sterki. — Vallonia ex-

centrica differs from V. pulchella (Miill.) only in having a more

oblong contour of the shell and umbilicus. Since the two forms

can be separated with only a very small residue of doubtful

specimens, they have been generally accepted as being distinct

species.

While examining a series of V. costata (Miill.), I found that

it also contained round and excentric forms. This led to an

examination of all the species in my collection, and the two

forms were found in every one — in V. parviila Sterki, V.

graciUcosta Reinhardt, V. perspectiva Sterki, and V. cyclopho-

rella Sterki. The excentric character is probably a single gene

mutation which occurs throughout the genus, and V. excentrica

is but a form of V. pulchella. — Leslie Hubricht.

ViviPARUs chinensis. — During recent months, the opportunity

presented itself, for me to collect viviparous snails from the

ponds of New York City. On three trips, 33 Viviparus chinensis

and 25 Viviparus contectoides were collected. There were many

more available in each place. The pond in Forest Park was

very low, and covered with water plants. In four to five inches

of water, there were various sizes of V. chinensis malleatus

(Reeve) most of them 2^2 to 3% inches. In Central Park, I

found no V. chinensis, but there are specimens of Viviparus

contectoides. However, half of those I found, were dead.

Brooklyn Botanic Gardens also has V. chinensis, but in smaller

size, and, where I looked, smaller number.

Sixteen V. chinensis and seven V. contectoides were female,

and when examined, found to hold numerous tiny shells. The

V. chinensis young were contained within a white square of

coagulated albumen about 3/16 inch in size. The V. contectoides

young were inside round white pellets of the same substance.

Three tiny V. chinensis arrived on a saucer while I was photo-

36 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (1)

graphing a living specimen. In six weeks they have tripled

their diameter, thriving on chopped lettuce leaves. — Dorothy

L. Freas, 8935 86th Street, Woodhaven 21, N. Y.

Subdivisions of Sagda. — Sagda Beck, 1837, Index Moll., p. 9,

was proposed as a subgenus of Helix, with 2 unquestioned

species: (H.) S. alveolata Beck, and (H.) 8. australis (Ch.)

Beck. A more complete definition of Sagda was given by

Pfeiffer, 1845, Zeitschr. Malac. 2, p. 81. Herrmannsen, 1848,

Ind. Gener. Moll. 2, p. 411, selected the first species as type.

This type species, 8. alveolata, is founded on the citation of two

figures from Ferussac's ''Histoire, " one of which must be an

error of some sort ; so the type of Helix epistylioides Fer., 1822,

pi. 51B, fig. 2, left hand shell, is hereby selected as the type of

8. alveolata Beck. This makes Parahelix Ihering, 1892, type

Helix jayana C. B. Adams, 1845, a subjective synonym, incor-

rectly used by me, 1935, Naut., 49 (2), p. 53, as the name of the

group which included the type species of Sagda, 8. (8.) epistijli-

oides (Fer.).

Epistylia Swainson, 1840, becomes the name of the group

which I called Sagda, sensu stricto. Epistyla Swainson, 1840,

Treat. Malac, p. 331, takes as type by monotypy E. conica Sw.,

of which the shell figured in "Sowb. Man. f. 281" is selected as

the type. E. conica is a synonym of Sagda (Epistylia) cooJfi-

ana = Helix cookiana Gmelin, 1790. Epistyla is evidently a mis-

spelling of Epistylia Swainson, 1840, p. 165, which takes the same

type, although figure 18a, also referred to as E. conica, repre-

sents a different, but unidentifiable species. Swainson made

many errors of this sort (cf. Opinion 26). All these species are

from Jamaica. — H. Burrington Baker.

Daniel L. Emery died April 11, 1950, aged 89. lie will be

missed greatly by his many friends.

Living animals of Campeloma, Pleurocera and Ooniohasis, for

studies on cercaria, are desired by : Melle Buttner, Institut de

Parasitologic, 15, rue de TEcole de Medecine, Paris, 6enie,

France. These may be packed in damp cotton and shipped sam-

ple post, if the package is not air tight. Label: Echantillou

zoologique sans valeur.

Damkl Littlefield Emery

S.in I )!<■;,'(», California,

.June, li)47

The Nautilus

Vol. 64 OCTOBER, 1950 No. 2

NEW FOUNTAIN SNAILS FROM FLORIDA

By H. a. PILSBRY

In the course of working up the Pliocene fresh water moUusks

collected by Messrs. Wm. G. Fargo and C. R. Locklin in the St.

Petersburg bed, there was frequent occasion for comparisons with

their descendants among the living species of Florida. One result

was the recognition of species overlooked up to this time.

Silver Spring, mentioned in the locality paragraph for the

following species, is not the famous Silver Springs near Ocala.

It is a beautiful but smaller spring of the same character, near

the west shore of Lake George. It gives birth to a short stream

flowing into the lake about two and two-thirds miles north of the

mouth of Juniper Creek, which is at the southwest corner of Lake

George. That country was a delightful wilderness fifty-six years

ago, when Charles W. Johnson and I were there. The stream

we rowed up to Silver Spring was populous with alligators, and

alas ! mosquitos. The spring is now in the Ocala National Forest.

FoNTiGENs oxYBELES iiew speclcs. Plate 3, figs. 1, la, lb.

The turrited shell tapers regularly and is imperforate or very

narrowly rimate ; thin ; very pale gray, but not transparent ; the

surface smooth. The apex is very small. Whorls are strongly

convex, the last below the periphery tapering downward. The

suture is deeply impressed. The aperture is ovate. The columel-

lar margin of peristome is thinner and built forward less than in

F. nickliniana.

Length 5.7 mm., diameter 2.3 mm., length aperture 1.9 mm.;

61/2 whorls. Tyipe, fig. 1.

Length 4.9 mm., diameter 1.9 mm. ; 6 whorls.

Length 4 mm., diameter 2 mm., length of aperture 1.6 mm. ;

5^2 whorls.

Florida : Silver Spring Run, a stream entering the west side

of Lake George, Marion Co. (Pilsbry and Johnson, 1894.) Type

and paratypes ANSP. 186751.

37

38 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

This snail has been called Pahidestrina nickliniana attenuata

Hald/ as in Nautilus 13 :22. It differs from attenuata chiefly by

the decidedly smaller apex of the Florida species as shown in the

photographs, figs. 1 (oxyheles) and 4, 4a (attenuata) .

Fontigens nickliniana (Lea), from the type locality, Hot

Springs, Bath Co., Virginia (Plate 3, fig. 5) is a more solid, un-

bilicate shell, with more obtuse summit than F. oxyheles. I have

seen no specimens of nickliniana or attenuata from the Gulf

States, the southern locality known to me being a lot said to be

from North Carolina on rather dubious authority.

^^Hydrohia'' hlacki Pils., from Andros, Bahamas, in a long

series examined, differs from F. oxyheles by having the later

several whorls decidedly less convex. H. hlacki has been synony-

mized with ^^Hydrohia'^ tenuipes by Mr. Clench (Mem. de la

Soc. Cubana de Hist. Nat. 12 :314) but I think without sufficient

consideration.- The largest tenuipes in a large number seen is

4.5 mm. long. The usual maximum size is length 3.5 mm., dia-

meter 2 mm., length aperture 1 mm., 51/2 whorls (PI. 3, Fig. 3,

Jacksonville, Fla.). '^Hydrohia^^ hlacki of Andros (PL 3, figs. 6,

6a, 6b) is usually larger with more whorls than tenuipes, up to

5 X 2.5 mm., of 7 whorls, others 4.6 mm. long, 7 w^horls, and 4.4

mm. with 6 whorls. The shell has a straight-sided shape, the

spire more slender above, towards the apex, than in tenuipes.

In lots of L. tenuipes examined from many places along the

coastal plain and in Florida there are no shells with these charac-

ters of the Andros species. The photographs speak for them-

selves.

The largest one of a lot identified by Mr. Clench as ^'Hydro-

hia'* tenuipes from Eight Mile Rock, Grand Bahama Island,

kindly sent by Mr. Clench, is shown in PI. 3, fig. 7. Length 3.6

mm., with 51/2 whorls. The smaller specimens in the lot, having

4% to 5 whorls, are closely similar to continental L. tenuipes,

though the whorls are slightly more convex. None of the Grand

1 JF. attenuata (Hald.) is usually regarded as an ecologic form of F.

nicTcliniana.

2 The paper cited, though on the whole an excellent work, shows other

signs of rather hasty preparation. Thus, a form of the pelagic Litiopa

melanostoma Rang was described as a new species and new subgenus of

Lcptinaria.

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (2)

PLATE 3

Fountain snails from Florida, etc.

Scale lines = 1 mm.

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (2)

PLATE 4

Fics. \-'2, Jiolosjnid fix nn n hrrris.si nut. :\-7)H, New Texan 11 olospirat .

6, MarfjinrUa hiUi. 7, 7:i, Pnllnlcs rIarLi. S, Sa, Hrbrlanr/ihis u. sp. 9,

Jlolospira l-rir(,crlX-^. 1<», Ashmmn Ihi, n. sp. 11. EunJandina baih/i.

44, llvlisoma anceps, from Lister.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 39

Bahama specimens seen appear to be specifically identical with

H. hlacki.

The generic position of 'blacki is uncertain, in the absence of

information on dentition and verge. It may be a Littoridina.

I refer tenuipes Couper to the genus Littoridina, though the

penial appendages are simpler than in the type of that genus.

FoxTiGExs wEBERi ncw specics. Plate 3, fig. 2.

The minute shell is thin, subperforate, turrited, with rather

obtuse apex ; of 6 strongly convex whorls joined by a deeply im-

pressed suture. Surface smooth. The aperture is ovate, rounded

posteriorly, the columellar margin straightened, searcel}^ ex-

panded.

Length 2 mm., diameter 0.8 mm., length aperture 0.5 mm.

Florida: "West Lake, Cape Sable, collected by J. A. Weber.

Type 186586 ANSP.

This snail resembles the slimmest specimens seen of F. oxy-

heles, but the apex is more obtuse, though the shell as a whole is

narrower. With about the same number of whorls, F. weheri is

only from about a third to a half as long as F. oxyheles. F. dia-

holi^ of Val Verde Co., Texas, is a similar small species, but it

tapers more rapidly and is more distinctly umbilicate. That F.

weheri belongs to Fontigens may seem improbable on account of

the locality, the water of West Lake being somewhat brackish.

As the name implies, Fontigens normally inhabits the clear

streams of springs. However, no living specimens were found,

and it may be from some spring feeding the lake.

The figure is due to Dr. Olsson's skill with the camera. It is

named in honor of Mr. J. A. Weber of Miami, who found it.

PLATE 3

The figures are from photographs

Figs. 1. (type), la, lb. Fontigens oxyheles.

Fig. 2. Fontigens weberi, Type.

Fig. 3. Littoridina tenuipes (Couper). Jacksonville, Florida.

Fig. 4, 4a. Fontigens attenuata (Hald.). N. C.

Fig. 5. Fontigens nicMiniana (Lea), topotype.

Fig. 6. (type), 6a, 6b. ^'Hydrohia" hlacki Pils. Andros, Bahamas.

Fig. 7. L. tenuipes var., Grand Bahama.

The scale lines are 1 mm. long.

3 Paludestrina diahoU Pilsbry, 1906, Proc. A.N.S. Phila. p. 170, fig. 36.

40 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

TETHYS (APLYSIA) WILLCOXI HEILPRIN IN

NARRAGANSETT BAY AND OTHER

RHODE ISLAND WATERS

By DONALD J. ZINN

Narragansett Marine Laboratory, and Department of Zoology,

Ehode Island State College, Kingston

Tethys willcoxi, the Sea Hare described by Heilprin in 1886

as a littoral swimming- benthonic form from the coast of Florida,

was found in unusually large numbers in Rhode Island waters

in the months of October and November, 1949. There are no

previous records known to the author which indicate the presence

of this opisthobranchiate mollusk in such quantity or over such

a long period of time, in this general area.

Merriman ('37) reported the capture of one specimen on

October 25, 1936 at Newport from a large floating fish trap,

*' which was located less than a mile offshore from the rocks east

of Bailey's Beach." Sixteen years before Merriman 's observa-

tions, Sanford ('22) stated:

''On October 9, 1921, a number of those curious tecti-branch

mollusks known as Sea Hare, Tethys [Aplysia) ivillcoxi Heilprin,

appeared in the West Passage of Narragansett Bay, R. I., com-

ing in on the flood of the tide and disappearing on its ebb. As

the tide was going out only two specimens were secured by the

writer. ... A second trip to the same station, on October 16,

yielded two more specimens, but none was found on any other

R. I. or Conn, shore as far south as New London."

These are the only two accounts of this animal in Rhode Island

waters. Earlier, Johnson ('15) gave the type location as Little

Gasparilla Bay, West Coast of Florida, and pointed out that its

occurrence in New England to that time as a matter of record

was confined solely to Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay :

''Katama Bay, October 31, 1900; Buzzards Bay, October 11,

1906 ; New Bedford ; Wesport ; Lamberts Cove ; Tarpaulin Cove ;

Robinsons Hole and Menemsha Bight (Sumner, Osburn, and

Cole)."

This is virtually a summary of the more detailed information

given by Sumner, Osburn, and Cole ('11). It is interesting to

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 41

note that the Tethys ivillcoxi collected on October 11, 1906 was

taken from a lobster pot in the vicinity of Woods Hole.

Although no species of the genus Tethys had been found to

1895 along the Massachusetts and Rhode Island coasts according

to the comprehensive records of Gould and Binney (70), Verrill

('82), and Pilsbry ('95), it is quite likely that members of the

group have appeared in these waters rarely and in small num-

bers but have not been made a matter of record. A fair estimate

in instances of this kind is that not more than 1 percent of a

wandering population is captured and brought to the attention

of either the public or interested biologists. If this be true, it is

by no means certain that all of the Aplysiidae found in Rhode

Island waters are Tethys willcoxi; there appears to be a good

possibility that both Tethys vnllcoxi perviridis Pilsbry and Tethys

protea Rang were collected but released by offshore trap fisher-

men. This would not be the first record for Tethys willcoxi per-

viridis in this area, since Johnson ( '34) presents its distribution

as ''Southern Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Cape May, N.

J." It is of interest to note that with the possible exception of

Coe's single specimen from Plum Island, N. Y., Tethys has not

been recorded from the Gulf of Maine, Long Island Sound, or

from the East Passage of Narragansett Bay.

Included below in Table 1 is a list of 22 individuals of Tethys

willcoxi observed in the western passage of Narragansett Bay

and outlying Rhode Island waters in 1949. Authenticated re-

ports by trap fishermen and dredgers are included even though

in most of these cases the animals were thrown back into the

water or destroyed and could not be obtained for laboratory ex-

amination.

It is at once apparent, in Table 1, that there is a tremendous

difference in individual size, but it is no greater variation than

one would expect in a small random sample of a presumably

large population. It is important, however, to note that five and

possibly nine of these animals are very much larger than any

previous measurement of this species. Heilprin ('86) lists the

length as 7-8 inches, while Pilsbry ( '96) indicates an average of

11-15 cm. More recent records come within this same range.

The author has previously found Tethys willcoxi larger than the

size range usuallj^ described, in Lemon Bay, Florida, and off

42

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (2)

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 43

Shell Key in the Bay of Florida. In giving measurements of

animals capable of as great contractility as the tectibranches, it

is certainly advisable to indicate whether the measurements were

made on living, preserved, or dead and unpreserved material,

whether the animal was anesthetized before it was preserved, and

approximately how long after preservation the measurements

were made. There is often as much as 20 percent external

shrinkage of this species when it is preserved unanesthetized in

10 percent formalin, whereas similar material put in the same

solution after death shows very little dimensional change.

The specimens examined at the laboratory showed some struc-

tural variation from the diagnosis of this species by Pilsbry

('96), and the possibility exists that these larger animals may

prove to be a new form of Tethys. The large, convex, smooth

mantle in all cases had a nearly central minute tubular perfora-

tion; irregular delicate black rays radiating to the mantle edge

were present only in the smallest specimen. The opaline gland,

which is largest in the smallest specimen, opens behind the genital

pore which is under the anterior right border of the mantle at the

end of a slightly raised anteriorly curved tube. No filament was

observed projecting from apex of penis.

Color in all the specimens observed alive was dark brown or

very slightly maculated on the swimming lobes, head, and neck ;

and there were large, rounded, fairly regular yellowish scallop-

ings along the inner border of the swimming lobes, the remainder

of this area being very dark purple which was slightly lighter

over the mantle. After being in 10 percent formalin for several

weeks, the bro^vn coloring disappeared on the lobes leaving them

coarsely cloud-marbled except in the sinus between lobes and

body, where dark brown still obtains; neck, head, and foot re-

mained dark brown in the shrinkage reticulations, light brown

to light purple elsewhere ; mantle and gills purple ; mantle cavity

covered with small purple blotches on a pale yellow background ;

no green coloring has appeared yet on any of the preserved ma-

terial. The smallest animal differed from the rest in preservative,

in that its coloring has changed very little ; the entire animal

became lighter brown, and small dark brown spots appeared in

a large central area of the outside of each swimming lobe. The

44 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

preserving fluid of these animals varies at present from straw

color to reddish purple.

Tentacles are long in all of the material, but there is some

variation in slit size. One small black eye is well anterior to

each tentacle. The shell is typical except that the thin, slightly

iridescent calcareous layer is not translucent.

There are definite indications in some of the more recent work

in marine ecology and physical oceanography that the more im-

portant reasons for the sporadic appearance of tropic forms not

indigenous to the New England Coast will soon be clarified. An

unusual number of other southern forms appeared in the area

under discussion in 1949, in relatively large numbers. Among

these were Hippocampus, the sea horse ; Physalia, the Portuguese

man-of-war; Lepas and Conchoderma, the goose neck barnacles.

(For past years, Sumner, Osburn, and Cole ('11) record mem-

bers of the sargasso weed association as Scyllea pelagica, Planes

minutus, etc. Fish ('25) lists southern planktonic forms in the

Woods Hole area, among* which are Pontella pennata, P. meadii,

Microsetella rosea, Setella gracilis, Thaumaleus claparedii, etc.)

Although little has been written concerning the appearance of

Tethys and other tropical forms in this area, it has been generally

considered that when the prevailing southwest winds become

unusually strong and last for a relatively long time during the

late summer and early fall, an abundance of these subtropical

animals will appear. Then in 1937, Merriman, waiting about the

presence of Tethys in this general area, advanced the view that

'' ... it is more likely that its infrequent occurrence in the region

is best accounted for by the proximity of the Gulf Stream.

Tropical forms in northern waters, but some distance away from

the Woods Hole region ... [it is assumed] reached these lati-

tudes with the aid of the Gulf Stream, and that they then im-

migrated by themselves through abnormally cold waters or were

perhaps helped along by smaller currents, so that they eventually

arrived in such a locality. ' '

This assumption, made at a time when little observational

data was at hand, may be substantiated by the recent work of

Ketchum and Fuglister of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti-

tution.^ In this investigation, the drift bottle technique was

1 Personal communication from Martin J. Pollak, W. H. O. I.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 45

used in trying to determine whether the Gulf Stream flowed

north northeast in a straight line or whether small branches ex-

isted that reached the coast in this area. This work showed that,

although the Gulf Stream has not been doing anything out of the

ordinary recently, there are definite indications that bubbles of

Sargasso Sea water may have been cut off by the meanderings

of the Stream, thus finding their way into the slope and coastal

water. In approaching the coast, other conditions apparently

prevail.

''. . . Our releases [drift bottles] were mainly made in the area

off New York and, consequently, are not informative concerning

the exchange with Long Island Sound or Narragansett Bay.

''. . . The returns suggest that bottles released within five

miles of shore reach the beach within a very few days of release.

From some inshore stations, returns have been as much as 70%.

From stations ten miles or more offshore the proportion of re-

turns drops rapidly and the bottles released twenty miles from

the nearest shore have very little chance of getting ashore. A

substantial proportion of drift bottles released off' New York

have been returned from North Carolina. Combining the drift

bottle results with hydrographic surveys one can construct a

chart of 'most probable paths of drift.' These show^ that the

water in the offing of New York Harbor is rotating in two or

more anticyclonic eddies which shift in position at various times

of the year. We interpret the fact that few returns are received

from offshore releases as an indication that these bottles get into

the general oceanic circulation. We have had a single return

after 17 months) from Ireland. The number of returns from

North Carolina area indicates that the southwesterly drift pre-

dominates along this section of the coast.

"None of the bottles which we have released off New York

have been returned from the eastern end of Long Island Sound,

etc. If there were any major water transport of Gulf Stream

water into Narragansett Bay I would expect some of our bottles

to show an indication of it. " -

Thus the tropic planktonic forms together with the benthonie

swimmers and weak pelagic swimmers would be carried to slope

waters by offshoots of the Gulf Stream. These forms might

eventually reach the coast, aided by the normally prevailing

southwest winds and abnormally high temperatures. It is cer-

2 Personal communication from Bostwick H. Ketchum, Woods Hole Oeean-

ograpMc Institution.

46 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

tainly possible that additional year-round bottle releases may

clarify the manner in which drifting marine forms reach this

coast, although such a method would not account for the sporadic

appearance of the strong swimmers in this area in late summer

and early fall. It is suspected that in the latter case, the tem-

perature factor together with the course taken by the natural

food of these animals (in turn influenced by Gulf Stream branch-

ings) is most responsible for their shoreward immigration. The

same tendency would prevail in winter as in summer, but in

this case lower littoral temperatures would decimate any of the

animals straying from the environmental protection of the Gulf

Stream.

Finally, it is pertinent to call attention to both Parr's ('33)

and Hutchins' ('47) work on zonal typology and zonal distribu-

tion boundaries. These papers emphasize the facts that (a) the

control of distribution of marine animals depends mainly on

seasonal temperatures, and (b) organisms have definite zonal

boundaries which can be related by means of summer and winter

temperatures. The presence of Tethys in New England waters

represents a special case since it cannot be considered typically

migratory, planktonic, or sessile. Ketchum and Fuglister's ex-

periments will certainly add more evidence in support of Hut-

chins' theory. This is an important consideration, especially for

the marine ecologist.

Literature cited

Fish, C. J. 1925. Seasonal distribution of the plankton of the

Woods Hole region. Bull Bur. Fish., 51 : 143.

Gould, A. A., and W. G. Binney. 1870. Report on the inverte-

brata of Massachusetts. 2nd ed. Wright and Potter, Boston.

Heilprin, a. 1886. A new species of Aplysia. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci., Phila., 364.

Hutchins, L. W. 1947. The bases for temperature zonation in

geographical distribution. Ecol. Mon., 17 (3) : 325-335.

Johnson, C. W. 1915. Fauna of New England 13. List of the

Mollusca. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7 : 153-154.

. 1934. List of marine Mollusca of the Atlantic coast from

Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 40 (1) : 149.

Merriman, D. 1937. The occurrence of Tethys wUlcoxi in New

England waters, and another record for this localitv. Nauti-

lus, 50 (3) : 95-97.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 47

Parr, A. E. 1933. A geographical-ecological analysis of the

seasonal changes in temperature conditions in shallow water

along the Atlantic coast of the United States. Bull. Bingham

Oceanogr. Coll., 4(3): 1-90.

PiLSBRY, H. A. 1895. Manual of conchology, (Series 1), 16:

59-113.

Sanford, S. N. F. 1922. Tethys willcoxi in New England

waters. Nautilus, 35 (3) : 80-82.

Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osburn, and L. J. Cole. 1911. A bio-

logical survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinty. Pt.

II. Section III. A catalogue of the marine fauna. Bull.

U. S. Bur. Fish., 31: 704.

Verrill, a. E. 1882. Catalogue of marine Mollusca added to

the fauna of the New England region during the past ten

years. Trans. Conn. Acad., 5 : 447-587.

STUDIES ON MOLLUSK POPULATIONS: I.

By E. STOHLER

Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley

In taxonomic procedure it has been long since recognized that

the giving of scientific names to individuals of a particular spe-

cies is unjustified, even though the individuals may show some

unusual and, possibly, even extreme development of some trait

or traits which occur within the normal range of variation of that

species. Since Bensch (1929) proposed the * ' Rassenkreis Prin-

zip" the trinomial system has been more generally adopted, but

unfortunately often on an entirely erroneous basis. According

to the ideas set forth in Rensch^s book a trinomial name should

be used only for what might be called a geographically more or

less segregated subspecies. This subspecies may very well be

considered one of a possibly long series of intermediates between

two distinct, although closely related species. Such series have

been worked out most convincingly in various groups, notably

among birds and mammals, more recently among reptiles and

amphibians.

In investigations of the type necessary for this form of tax-

onomy large numbers of individuals must be studied for each

species and from a number of localities. It is agreed that if a

48 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

group of individuals in one particular locality shows a certain

trait, i.e., if the entire population possesses this particular trait,

then that group belongs to a particular geographical race or it

constitutes a subspecies. The same trait may occur, to be sure,

in occasional or rare individuals of other geographically identi-

fiable populations, as an exception. On the other hand, traits

which are never encountered in an entire population or at least

in the majority of individuals of a particular population, but

which occur only in exceptional individuals of a number of dif-

ferent populations, are of no taxonomic value and their bearers

should not be distinguished with a scientific name. This should

hold true particularly if in a given population the trait in ques-

tion may be observed in different individuals developed to a

different extent.

If chance individuals have been made the ''types" of new

species or subspecies by taxonomists then the names must be

relegated to synonymy, at least until a geographically definable

variation is established.

It seems to the present writer that the mollusks offer an espe-

cially favorable material for studies in speciation since the prob-

lem of migration for the majority of species does not enter into

the considerations. Since there is no migration (at least not in

the post-larval stages), any trait or characteristic common to all

individuals or a majority of them of a species in a particular

population and not found, save as rare exceptions, in other popu-

lations, may, with confidence, be considered an endemism.

Traits, however, which may have been selected by taxonomists

as of diagnostic value for separating what they may have con-

sidered subspecies or lesser taxonomic units from the typical

species but which occur, even if only exceptionally or, perhaps,

especially if they occur only exceptionally, in any group of in-

dividuals, should be classed as ''of no taxonomic value" and

the name given should be dropped.

It is conceded that for the serious amateur perhaps special

names for variants may be attractive and of some curiosity value ;

but for the scientist they are cumbersome and superflous. In

botanical taxonomy of a few decades ago the term lusus naturae

or, simply, Utsiis was used to designate what German authors call

a "Spielart." This German term implies a variation from the

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 49

common form due to pure chance since the word ''Spiel" may

mean game as well as gambling. The present writer proposes to

relegate some gastropod names to synonymy, at the same time

suggesting, however, to retain the names for the benefit of con-

chologists as lusus-na,mes.

The first species in this planned series of studies is Tegula

gallina (Forbes).

On June 20, 1948, an unselected group of Tegula gallina

(Forbes) was collected at Dana Point, Orange County, California.

In this lot there were : 564 specimens agreeing closely with the

description of the typical form; 2 specimens with an open um-

bilicus, but otherwise like the typical form [= Tegula gallina

umhilicata (Dall), 1919] ; 12 specimens with a yellowish streak

at the base and a yellowish-greenish-blackish color patteirn on

the shell [= Tegula gallina tincta (Hemphill), 1893] ; one speci-

men with the color pattern of the typical form on the early whorls

of the shell and the ^^ tincta^ ^ pattern on the body whorl (un-

named) ; 3 specimens with the ^' tincta'^ coloring and an open

umbilicus.

Among the 564 specimens considered here as ''typical" T.

gallina shells a great variation of the umbilical area was ob-

served. Shells without any umbilical depression, shells with

very shallow, with medium deep, and with very deep pits were

noted. As no means for measuring the depth of the pits are

available at present, subjective appraisal of the relative depths

of the pits had to be used ; this is, of course, variable even for the

same observer on successive examinations of the same material;

the counts, therefore, varied and are not given here. It is suf-

ficient to state that the umbilicus of Tegula gallina (Forbes)

may be lacking entirely, may be marked by a more or less deep

pit, or may be open.

Collections of the same species were made at other points of

the coast of southern California ; similar observations have been

made on a smaller group obtained at Palos Verdes Estates.

Through the kindness of Mr. John Hendrickson of the Museum

of Vertebrate Zoologj^, University of California, the writer re-

ceived 12 specimens of Tegula galliyia collected on Guadalupe

Island, Mexico, on January 31, 1950. These shells agree closely

with the description of Stearns (1892) for Tegula gallina niulti-

50 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

filosa from the same locality. It is interesting to note that it is

very easy to pick out the shells from Guadalupe Island in general

collections (such as that of the California Academy of Science,

San Francisco). Among the 12 shells mentioned there are: 2

without trace of umbilical depression; 2 Avith A'ery shallow pits;

7 with noticeable to pronounced pits; one with open umbilicus.

From the foregoing accounts it would seem permissible to con-

clude that Tegula gallina (Forbes) is a very variable form which

has produced, apparently, one geographically identifiable sub-

species on Guadalupe Island, recognized and described by

Stearns; and a great number of variants occurring in various

populations. Those variants of the latter type which have been

given varietal or even subspecific names can be considered only

as examples of the variability of the species and their names are

herewith relegated to synommiy. The description of the species

may be amended to read as follows:

TEGULA GALLINA (Forbcs), 1850: Shell heavy, solid, conoidal,

longitudinal^ striped or speckled with whitish, the stripes oc-

cupying the interstices between close, narrow, superficial folds of

the surface, which may be well-marked or obsolete, continuous or

cut into granules by equally close spiral furrows, the latter

sometimes predominating ; spire conoidal, the apex usually blunt,

eroded, and yellow ; body-whorl rounded at the periphery ; base

convex, more or less eroded in front of the aperture ; whorls 5 to

6 ; aperture oblique ; outer lip black-edged, smooth, and pearly

within; columella short, arcuate, strongly bidentate near the

base ; umbilical region may he marked hy a shallow to deep pit or

it may he entirely flat or the umhilicus may he a very narraw,

deep opening [lusus nmhilicata (Dall), 1919]. The shell may

vary in color and have the longitudinal markings and sculpture

obsolete ; if there is a yellow streak on the base and the color of

the shell is yellowish-greenish or blackish, it may be called lusus

tincta (Hemphill), 1893.

Tegula gallina multifilosa (Stearns), 1892, described from

Guadalupe Island, Mexico, appears to be a valid subspecies,

restricted in its distribution to that island.

LiTERATHRE CITED

Dall, W. H. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, no. 2295, August

30, 1919, p. 359.

Forbes, Edward. On the marine mollusca discovered during

the voyages of the Herald and Pandora, by Capt. Kellett,

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 51

R.N., and Lieut. Wood, R.N., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850

(Dec. 10), p. 271, pi. XI, fig-. 8a, 8b.

Hemphill, H. In Oldroyd, Marine Shells of the West Coast of

North American, vol. II, part 3, p. 777.

Rensch, Bernhard. Das Prinzip geographischer Rassenkreise

und das Problem der Artbildung, Berlin, 1929.

Stearns, R. E. C. Nautilus, vol. 6, no. 8, p. 351, pi. L, figs. 8, 9.

HOLOSPIRA KRIEGERI, NEW SPECIES,

FROM TAMAULIPAS

By EGBERT J. DRAKE

Museum of Anthropology, University of California

Early in May of 1949, Alex D. Krieger, Research Archaeologist,

University of Texas, and Glen L. Evans, Assistant Director,

TexasMemorial Museum, visited the scenes of recent archaeologi-

cal investigations in the states of Tamaulipas and Vera Cruz.

During this trip, Krieger collected nonmarine mollusk shells

from sites in the two states and turned them over to the writer

for his research in ethnoconchology then being done in the De-

partment of Anthropology of the University of New Mexico.

In the forms so far studied, the species of landsnail of the genus

Holospira (family Urocoptidae), herein described, has been

recognized as new.

During 1945 and 1946, Richard S. MacNeish, then of the Uni-

versity of Chicago Department of Anthropology, made an archae-

ological survey of much of Tamaulipas. A report has appeared

in which MacNeish described, in general, some of the cave ar-

chaeology of the Canyon del Diablo in the Sierra de Tamaulipas

where the new urocoptid was later collected by Krieger. In this

preliminary report, MacNeish assigns an antiquity of around

1000 years back (or better) for some of the culturally stratified

materials in one of the caves investigated by him in the Canyon

del Diablo.^ In the spring of 1949, MacNeish continued with

the Sierra de Tamaulipas archaeological surveying and excavated

in his cave site TMc 81 in the Canyon del Diablo, Tamaulipas.

1 MacNeish, 1947, p. 3.

52 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64: (2)

It was from the upper cultural level of this so designated site

that Krieger collected the nonmarine shells containing the new

urocoptid which is named in his honor. -

It is not surprising that nonmarine shells and other natural

objects are found in situ in archaeological deposits in caves or

rock shelters. Some mollusks are very apt to inhabit caves in

limestone country; especially if such physiographic features

have springs in them which afford humid conditions particularly

favorable for landsnails. Others may be washed by cloudbursts

or permanent running water dowm into caves from cliff or mesa

top shell habitats above, and be worked into the deposit being

built up at the time, along with soil, rocks, roof falls, guano, ash,

etc. Small freshwater clam or snail shells may have come into

a cave site by being dipped up into containers when water was

obtained from nearby water bodies. Both land and freshwater

shells could be carried into sites when they were clinging to

foliage for later use, or driftwood to burn or work.

HoLOSPiRA KRiEGERi, new specles. Plate 4, fig. 9.

Holotype : Shell small, pale brown, of pupoid shape, and with

the last half of the last whorl solute. The nuclear whorls are

w^ell rounded and microscopically granulose. The succeeding

whorls are moderately rounded, separated by a strongly im-

pressed suture, and marked by decidedly retractive oblique axial

ribs which are feebly developed on the early turns but increase

in intensity with the increasing whorls. On the middle turns

the axial ribs are about as wide as the spaces that separate them ;

on the later turns they are more distantly spaced, being only

about half as wide as the intercoastal spaces on the last whorl.

The last whorl is contracted basally. The outside of the parietal

wall is marked by a groove on each side across which the axial

ribs do not extend. The aperture is broadly ovate and pointed

toward the junction of the outer and parietal wall. The peris-

tome is pale brown, thickened, and reflected. The interior of the

aperture is pale brown. The columella is solid with a strong

twist which develops into a low rounded lamella a little posterior

to the basal wall in tlie penultimate whorl. The basal wall in

the same turn bears an indication of another fold while the

middle of the parietal and labial wall bear another short, but

much stronger, fold in the same whorl.

2 Letter, dated 27 May 1949.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 53

The holotype (U. S. National Museum Division of Mollusks,

601629) has 10 whorls and measures: length, 10 mm.; diameter

of the middle whorls, 2 mm. It was collected on 7 May, 1949,

by Alex D. Krieger, in the upper cultural level of site TMc 81,

Canyon del Diablo, Sierra de Tamaulipas, Tamaulipas, Mexico.

Paratypes : Only two whole specimens (U. S. National Museum

Division of Mollusks, 601648; Drake Molluscan Collection, 1480)

were collected by Krieger. D. M. C. 1568 contains four frag-

mentary shells of Holospira kriegeri collected with the holotype.

Discussion: On the aperture of one paratype (D. M. C. 1480)

there is a very slight suggestion of a projection a bit back from

the edge of the horizontal margin. Such projections are moder-

ately developed in the Texas species Holospira goldfussi

(Menke),^ and in H. rehderi Bartsch and H. morelosensis

Bartsch ^ from the Mexican states of Puebla and Morelos, respec-

tively. The general appearance of H. kriegeri resembles H.

goldfussi, H. rehderi, and H. morelosensis. However, paratype

D. M. C. 1480 more strongly resembles these three forms than

does the holotype of H. kriegeri, as the former is of more slender

shape. Thus, Holospira kriegeri is probably a species with con-

siderable variation, as in practically all the urocoptids.

Acknowledgments: Sincere thanks go to Dr. Paul Bartsch

(authority on the family Urocoptidae for over 45 years) of the

Division of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum, who gave con-

siderable help with the preparation of the description. Dr.

Harald A. Rehder, Curator of the same Division, kindly arranged

for the photographing of the holotype at the U. S. National

Museum.

Literature cited

Bartsch, Paul, 1947, Notes on some Mexican urocoptid mol-

lusks, with the description of new species. Washington Aca-

demy of Sciences, Journal, Vol. 37, pp. 284-288. Washington.

MacNeish, Richard S., 1947, A preliminary report on coastal

Tamaulipas, Mexico. American Antiquity, Vol. 13, pp. 1-13.

Menasha.

PiLSBRY, Henry A., 1946, Land Mollusca of North America (north

of Mexico). Vol. 2, Part 1. Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia, Monographs, No. 3, Vol. 2, Part 1.

3 Pilsbry, 1946, p. 116, figs. 1-3.

4 Bartsch, 1947, pp. 287-288, figs. 2, 4.

54

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (2)

LAND SNAILS FROM CLIFTY FALLS STATE PARK,

JEFFERSON COUNTY, AND FROM VERSAILLES

STATE PARK, RIPLEY COUNTY, INDIANA

By CLINTON J. BUSHEY

Taylor Univ., Upland, Indiana

In 1949 the Indiana Academy of Science met for their spring

session at Clif tj^ Falls State Park, on May 14th and 15th. I took

advantage of the occasion to collect land snails in the park.

There are a few records of snails collected in Jefferson County

near Madison, which in some cases may supplement this list,

but I have been unable to locate a list. I trust this list will be

of use to conchologrists.

Anguispira alternata carinata

P. & R.

A. kochi (Pfeiffer)

Gastrocopta armifera (Say)

G. pentodon (Say)

Haplotrema concavum (Say)

Mesodon appressiis (Say)

M. clausus (Say)

M. elevatus (Say)

M. inflectus {Say)

M. thyroidus (Say)

M. zaletus (Binney)

Mesomphix cupreus (Raf)

Mesomphix friabilis (W. G. B.)

M. vulgatus (H. B. Baker)

Pupoides alhilabris (C. B. Ad.)

Retinella indentata (Say)

Stenotrema fraternum (Say)

S. hirsutum (Say)

S. stenotrema (Ferussac)

Triodopsis alholabris (Say)

T. fraiidulenta (Pilsbry)

T. not at a (Deshayes)

Ventridens ligerus (Say)

Versailles State Park, Ripley County, Indiana

I had occasion on May 5th and 6th, 1950 to collect a few land

snails in Versailles State Park. No claim is made of complete

coverage, but I thought the list of those I found in the brief time

allotted to me might be of interest. I am listing them alphabetic-

ally.

Allogona profunda (Say)

Auguispira alternata carinata

(P. & R.)

A. kochi (Pfeiffer)

Deroceras gracile (Raf.)

Discus patulus (Desh.)

Euconulus chersiniis (Say)

Gastrocopta armifera (Say)

G. contract a (Say)

G. tappaniana (C. B. Adams)

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 55

Haplotrema concavtim (Say) Stenotrema fraternum (Say)

Hawaiia minuscula (Binn.) 8. hirsutum (Say)

Mesodon clausiis (Say) Strohilops affinis (Pils.)

M. elevatus (Say) S. lahrinthica (Say)

M. inflectus (Say) Triodopsis alholahris (Say)

M. thyroidus (Say) T. fraudulenta (Pilsbry)

Mesodon zaletus (Say) T. notata (Deshayes)

Mesomphix cupreus (Raf.) T. tridentata (Say)

M. friabilis (W. G. Binney) Ventridens ligerus (Say)

Pupoides alhilabris (C. B. Ad.) Zonitoides arhoreus (Say)

Betinella indentata (Say)

• PSEUDOSUBULINA, A GENUS NEW TO THE

UNITED STATES

By H. a. pilsbry

In the course of a collecting trip in 1936 to the Chisos Moun-

tains in the Big Bend of the Rio Grande, Professor E. P. Cheatum

found a few specimens of a small, slender land snail which turns

out to be a new species of the Mexican genus Pseudosuhulina.

It gives me great pleasure to name this important ''find" in his

honor.

"It was found deep in moist humus which had collected in

the cracks between rocks at the base of the cap rock of Casa

Grande peak. The location was near the Big Bend National

Park headquarters."

PSEUDOSUBULINA cHEATUMi, ncw species.

The imperforate, turrite shell is rather glossy, olive-buff, very

slender, the diameter contained about four times in the length.

The numerous whorls are convex, most strongly so immediately

below the very deeply cut suture. The apex is rather large,

obtuse, the first whorl smooth, the next closely and finely rib-

striate ; the following whorls have thread-like axial striae or

riblets separated by intervals equal to or wider than the riblets.

The aperture is ovate, the outer and basal margins of peristome

thin. Columella is weakly concave, rather thick, with rounded

face, and tapering downward, being very obliquely truncate at

base.

56 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

Length 6.4 mm., diameter 1.5 mm. 9 whorls.

Length 5 mm., diameter 1.4 mm. 8V2 whorls.

Length 5.2 mm., diameter 1.3 mm., 81/2 whorls.

Casa Grande Peak, Chisos Mountains, Texas. Type 186649

ANSP.

This is the first Pseudosubulina to be found north of Mexico.

It is rather closely similar in shape and sculpture to P. horealis

Pils., from near Monterrey in the Mexican state of Nuevo Leon,

but that tropical species is about double the size of this, with

12 whorls, and the columellar truncation is even less apparent

than in P. cheat iimi.

NOTES ON LAND SNAILS OF TEXAS

By H. a. PILSBKY

Mr. C. D. Orchard of San Antonio, Texas, has sent us a series

of land shells collected by him in Texas, containing a new form

of Holospira and other interesting species, some of them noticed

here.

Holospira roemeri brevissima, new subsp. PI. 4, figs. 1, la, 2.

The shell has the white color, the texture and the sigmoid

curvature of the last whorl as in H. roemeri (Pfr.). It differs

by being very much shorter, relatively wide, the diameter half

of the length or more than half ; with a much more shortly conic

summit. Shape varying from cylindric to oval or often widest

immediately below the terminal cone, tapering from there to the

last whorl. Umbilicus either open or closed.

Length 9.1 mm., diameter 5.2 mm. ; 10% whorls. Type.

Texas : in drift debris of the Nueces River at Laguna Crossing,

18 miles northwest of Uvalde, on State Highway 55 (Rock

Springs road). Type and paratypes 186650 ANSP.; specimens

also in the collection of Mr. C. D. Orchard.

This is like H. roemeri in being very variable in size and pro-

portions, extreme specimens measuring :

Length 10 mm., diameter 5.6 mm. ; 9% whorls.

Length 10 mm., diameter 5 mm.; 11 whorls.

Length 6.4 mm., diameter 4.7 mm. ; 8% whorls.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 57

Since this peculiar form together with other land shells was

taken by Mr. Orchard from drift debris of the river, its locality

is only approximately known and further field work is needed.

In all probability the holospiras in the river drift represent

several or many populations. Whether H.r. hrevissima occurs

with the normal H. roemeri is still unknown, but I presume that

it is from a different place. There were 35 specimens in the

debris gathered.

Holospira roemeri (Pfr.) occurred with H. r. hrevissima in

the drift, very variable in size, but differing from hrevissima in

shape, the diameter always less than half of the length. Speci-

mens measure :

Length 15.4 mm., diameter 4.5 mm. ; 15 whorls.

Length 14.1 mm., diameter 4.4 mm. ; 131/2 whorls.

Length 12.3 mm., diameter 3.9 mm. ; 13 whorls.

Length 11.6 mm., diameter 4.4 mm. ; 12 whorls.

Length 9 mm., diameter 3.7 mm. ; IOI/2 whorls.

Most specimens are 11 to 12.5 mm. long, the long and short

examples measured being selected from a large number. Dr.

Pfeiffer gave the size of the type of H. roemeri as 13 to 14 mm.

long, 5I/2 mm. diameter, with 14 whorls. In the original publica-

tion he noticed a var. B, '* minor, sursum ventricosior, anfr. 12,

ultimo brevius soluto." 11 X 4 mm. This '* variety," which has

been named var. minor Cockerell, is merely a small specimen from

the ordinary range of variation of the species at New Braunfels,

the type locality.

H. roemeri was found by Mr. Orchard at the following locali-

ties not before recorded for it : Uvalde Co. at Garner State Park,

and Laguna Crossing of Nueces River; Dieck's Ford, Guadalupe

River, Kendal Co. ; West Varda Creek, Sanderson Co. ; Llano

River 4 miles south of Junction, Kimball Co. ; Bandera Co. 3

miles north of Helotes, and on the Medina River, Bandera.

Holospira goldfussi anacachensis Bartsch was taken at Laguna

Crossing of the Nueces River, Uvalde Co., State Highway 55.

Holospira hamiltoni Dall was found 3- miles southeast of Hot

Springs, International Park, Brewster Co.

Cecilioides aperta (Swains.) A single specimen was found in

the Pecan Grove, Olmos Park, San Antonio. Another was taken

on a sandspit of San Antonio River, a half mile west of State

58 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

Insane Asylum, Bexar Co. As these are the only records of the

species in Texas it seems likely that it was introduced with tropi-

cal plants.

Cionella luhrica (Miill.) A single specimen was found in the

debris of the Nueces River at Laguna Crossing, possibly washed

from a Pleistocene deposit.

SOME NEW RECORDS FOR EXOTIC SLUGS IN THE

UNITED STATES

C. BRUCE LEE

During the past two years the Mollusk Division of the Museum

of Zoology, University of Michigan, has acquired a series of slugs

through gifts and collecting. The acquisitions are noteworthy

as most of them are exotic species from various parts of this

country. Some of the records are most unusual and are recorded

below.

LiMAX MARGINATUS Miillcr

Collected in Richmond, Henrico County, Virginia, in August

1948 by C. Bruce Lee. Dissection of specimens revealed the

characteristic terminal appendage of the penis as mentioned by

Pilsbry (1948). In the drowning process neither of the speci-

mens collected showed any tendency to constrict off the posterior

portion of the body as noted by Gregg (1941). Aside from a

record for Newfoundland and another from Missouri, this ap-

pears to be the only other eastern record.

Arion subfuscus Draparnaud

In May, 1950, Mrs. Margaret Teare collected this species at

Williamsville, Erie County, New York. Additional specimens

from West Seneca, Erie County, New York, were sent in recently

by Mrs. Margaret Teskey. These records are in addition to that

of Mrs. H. R. Robertson (1941). It appears that this slug is

more widely spread in western New York than is generally

known.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 59

Arion hortensis Ferusac

Mrs. Margaret Teare collected this species from her garden

on Lafayette Avenue, Buffalo, Erie County, New York. The

nine specimens were characteristically smaller than the previous

species and showed the dark slate color and the orange sole and

mucous. Dissection indicated the genitalia agrees with Germain

(1930) and Pilsbry (1948). Although recorded by La Rocque

(1938) from Toronto, Ontario, Canada, this is the first record

of the species for western New York. A diligent search failed to

turn up further specimens in the immediate vicinity.

Testacella scutula Sowerby

One specimen was sent in by Dr. Helen Ward of the Zoology

Department of the University of Tennessee at Knoxville. Dr.

Ward found the animal crawling on the campus. According to

her communication it was a bright yellow. The small shell at

the posterior part of the animal agrees in size, sculpture, shape

and apical character with the description of the species listed by

Germain (1930). Pilsbry (1946) considers the genus Testacella,

in America, as restricted to greenhouses. All of his listings are

from such places. In addition to the above record from Tennes-

see, the author recalls a specimen of Testacella haliotidea Drap.

sent to our museum by Dr. C. J. D. Brown in 1947 who collected

it on the grounds of the Old United States Fish Hatchery at

Clackamas, Clackamas Co., Oregon. It was identified by Dr.

Aurele La Rocque.

Literature cited

Germain, Louis. 1930. Faune de France, Mollusques Terrestres

et Fluviatiles, premiere partie 21: 77-78; 115-123.

La Rocque, Aurele, 1940. Checklist of Canadian Mollusca

(manuscript), p. 290.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1946. Land Mollusca of North America

(North of Mexico) Monographs Number 3, Vol. II, Part 1:

23(\_231

. 1948. Op. cit. Vol. II, Part 2: 529-532; 666-673.

60. THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

NEW MEXICAN AND PANAMIC SHELLS

By maxwell SMITH

EuGLANDiNA BAiLYi, ncw specics. Plate 4, fig. 11.

Shell thin, very slender, slowly tapering above ; color pale

yellowish brown, slightly shining with a silk-like lustre, apical

w^horls more lustrous. Sutures slightly impressed, somewhat

undulating, longitudinal sinuous ribs barely extending over su-

tures, these ribs numerous, fine, crossed by infrequent faint

spiral riblets. Spire long, apex obtuse, whorls 71/2? slightly

convex. Aperture about % length of shell, narrow above,

broad below. Columella area gracefully curved, strongly trun-

cated below. Length of shell 68 mm., width 22.5 mm. Type

in writers collection.

Habitat: Close to highway, 3 miles east of Chilpanzingo,

State of Guerrero, Mexico.

A single fresh example of this distinct new species was col-

lected by the writer in June 1948, about six hours being spent

at the locality. The new Euglandina occurred with E. lieh-

manni Pfr. which lives here in abundance underneath scattered

loose limestone outcrops. Scorpions were more plentiful than

snails at this station.

The species is named for Dr. Joshua L. Baily of San Diego,

California. It differs from liehmanjii in being a much narrower

shell with higher spire and decidedly finer sculpture. From E.

niichoacan-ensis Pilsbry it may be separated by the more slender

shell and lack of the conspicuous extremities of the longitudinal

ribs at the sutures, so characteristic of that species. Inci-

dentally the writer procured a fine living specimen of E. michoa-

canensis Pilsbry in deep woods a few^ miles below the Desierto de

los Leones, elevation around 9,000 feet, near the Mexico City

Highway. Nearby at the roadside under bushes live Hum-

holdtiana huffoniana Pfr. and upon pine trunks Dry ma ens

sulcosus Pfr.

PoLiNicEs (mammilla) clarki, hcw specics. Plate 4, figs. 7, 7a.

Shell solid, spire short, whorls 4, sutures distinct. Aperture

large. Columella decidedly obliciue, callus extending only parti-

ally across the umbilical area, forming a convex extended area

in the center, outer labrum thin in the two present examples.

Interior and middle callus area chocolate-brown in color. Ex-

ternally the spiral broken bands suggest certain forms of

Hydatina. Length of shell 31 mm., width 26 mm. Type in

writers collection.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 61

Habitat: Panama (Pacific Ocean).

This shell differs from the well known Polinices (Mammilla)

melanostoma in the entirely different disposition of the callus,

the more oblique columella, more impressed sutures and differ-

ent external sculpture. It is dedicated to its discoverer Walter

D. Clark.

Marginella hilli, new species. Plate 4, fig. 6.

Shell solid, spire elevated, apical whorls covered with enamel.

Sutures bordered by a chocolate-brown band. Growth lines

distinct, crossed anteriorally by a few grayish colored bands on

outside of shell. Aperture narrow, increasing slightly in width

below; five distinct columella plaits, interior of outer labrum

with numerous small denticles. Anterior canal obliquely ex-

tended outside. Labrum well thickened, externally colored

longitudinally with yellow-brown, the same coloring present

also beyond the columellar callus. Length 15 mm., width 10

mm. Type in writers collection.

Habitat : Chamela Bay, Pacific coast of Mexico.

According to Beebe's ''The Book of Bays" Chamela Bay lies

between the better known Banderas Bay and Tenacatita Bay.

Marginella hilli is a compact and attractive little shell. It is

named for Howard K. Hill, of the Los Angeles Museum, Cali-

fornia.

DANIEL LITTLEFIELD EMERY

By WILLIAM G. FAEGO

Daniel Littlefield Emery, born March 28, 1861, at Wells,

Maine, died in St. Petersburg, Florida, April 11, 1950. The

earlier years of his manhood were spent in New England, where,

starting as a machinist, he became assistant superintendent of

the Whittenton Cotton Mills of Taunton, Massacliusetts. He was

employed also in mills at Fall River, Massachusetts, and later

in Tiverton, Rhode Island. In 1901 he went to Arizona and in

1902 to California where he held supervisory mechanical positions

in San Jose, San Francisco and San Diego. Emery was tall and

vigorous with a constitution that enabled him to carry on actively

into the later of his 89 years.

Mr. Emery was married to Lydia Mason in 1880, at Warren,

Rhode Island. Both she and their son, Charles, are dead; a

62 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

grand-daughter, Mrs. Charlotte Wiegle, resides in San Diego,

California. In 1926, Mr. Emery married Mrs. Frances S. Ellef-

son who survives him. Since his death she has gone to live with

her daughter, Mrs. Leonard C. Reid, in Chicago. Emery P.

Chace, the well known conchologist of Lomita, California, is a

nephew.

Emery first began collecting shells in 1910 and with his cus-

tomary attention to detail and love of accuracy he soon made far

more of this pursuit than do many collectors. He had a good

educational background, not all acquired in schools, for he was

a natural student and a keen observer of things out of doors as

well as in. He possessed a remarkable memory from which he

would unhestitatingly quote at length from the classics and other-

wise. He moved to St. Petersburg, Florida, in 1916.

Over a period of thirty years he corresponded with leading

amateur and professional conchologists, keeping systematic files,

each being given a serial number; these running to over 125

names. He made several trips to Cuba and also visited the

Bahamas. In 1941 the Emery world-wide shell collection, about

6500 lots, was merged with the Edna Gordon-H. B. Archer col-

lections in St. Petersburg. In 1949 these combined collections

were presented by Mr. Archer to the City of St. Petersburg,

which at this writing is completing a new and well built public

museum building on the Tampa Bay front.

Beginning with duplicates reserved, Mr. Emery started a new

shell collection, limited to North American species, which at the

time of his death comprised some 2700 lots. Of these about 2000

are marine. This collection has been acquired by the University

of Michigan Museum of Zoology. For many years president of

the St. Petersburg Shell Club, Mr. Emery gave much time to

helping beginners in the study of mollusks and always was

generous with duplicate specimens. He was socially inclined,

and radiated good cheer wherever he went. He derived much

satisfaction in attending annual meetings of the American Ma-

lacological Union, including that of 1947 in California. His

portrait presented herewith, was taken in California, June, 1947.

At that time he was past eighty-six.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 63

OLOF O. NYLANDER

1864-1943

By PERCY E. RAYMOND

Olof Nylander, naturalist, collector and amateur scientist,

died at Caribou, Maine, on July 29, 1943, after 79 years of a

useful, and happy life.

Nylander was born on June 14, 1864 at Ysted, Sweden, the

son of a shoemaker. In his boyhood he was a pupil and protege

of the Swedish geologist, Sven Nillson, w^ho encouraged and di-

rected his youthful enthusiasm for natural history. Lacking

funds, he never had a formal education. In fact, he never mas-

tered the English language. The writer treasures the many

letters he received from Olof, gems of Swedish- American dialect

and impromptu spelling.

At sixteen he came to America, where two older brothers were

already established. For several years he worked as a house-

painter in New England, New York and Florida. But his odd

hours during this period were devoted to collecting shells, fossils

and plants and to visiting museums. Eventually he settled down

at Caribou, Maine, to be near his brother, Jacob. From that

center he led a wandering life, traveling on foot or by canoe

through the forests of northern and eastern Maine, collecting

snails, plants and fossils. A large part of what we know of the

fossils of the Devonian of Maine is due to Nylander who sent his

collections to H. S. Williams and John M. Clarke. Neither of

these paleontologists ever saw much, if anything, of the strata

in which the species they described were found, but each pro-

duced an extensive monograph on the basis of Nylander 's fossils.

Later in life, he supported himself by collecting and raising

ferns for commercial purposes, but a forest fire ruined his planta-

tion and his last years were spent partly as a consulting geologist

and partly as Curator of the Nj^lander Museum at Caribou. He

was still active and enthusiastic until a few hours before his

death.

Nylander 's contributions to paleontology were numerous and

he did much for conchology and botany. But he was personally

known to relatively few people, mostly those who were indebted

to him. His name will be perpetuated by the specific names,

64 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

Phacopodella nylanderi Clarke, Prorensseleria nylanderi Ray-

mond, Macroporaster nylanderi Raymond, and various species of

living snails.

No attempt will be made to include a complete bibliography

of Nylander's Avritings, for many of his contributions were

published in newspapers, not commonly available. Toward the

end of his life he issued a series of mimeographed pamphlets,

some of which are listed below. The following titles give a sample

of his various interests.

Distribution of Limnaea emarginata Say and Var. mighelsi

Binney, in Fish River, Aroostook Co., Maine, 1901. Privately

printed. (Illustrated with three plates of excellent drawings

by Nylander.)

The Geology and Poseidon Bulls, of the Madawaska Lakes.

August, 1936. (Mimeographed.)

Graptolites of Aroostook County, Maine. Dec. 1936. (Mimeo-

graphed.)

A Reconnaissance of the Head Waters of Fish River, Aroos-

took County, Maine. May, 1937. (Mimeographed.)

Geological Formation of Square Lake, on Fisli River, Aroos-

took Count}^ Maine. Jan. 1938. (Mimeographed.)

Geological Formations of the St. John River Valley, Northern

Maine and New Brunswick. 1940. (Picture of Nylander on

cover.) (Mimeographed.)

History of the Discovery of the Chapman Sandstone in Aroos-

took County, Maine. Presque Isle Star-Herald, Thursda}^, Oct.

23, 1941.

Nylander also published many papers on recent snails, chiefly

in The Nautilus, between 1895 when he wrote on the shells of

Aroostook County, Maine, and 1943, the year of his death.

So far as I know, Nylander never described a new species of

fossil. His principal idea was to help others and he certainly

did advance knowledge of the geology of northern Maine. Some

of his ideas of the subject were naive and he felt that certain

people had not really appreciated his efforts in their behalf. But

he was a good-hearted, generous, hardworking soul, plowing and

plodding his way through the northern wilderness with no other

thought than to keep himself alive and add to scientific knowl-

edge.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 65

THE AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION,

SIXTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING

By MAEGAEET C. TESKEY

The Chicago Natural History Museum offered a warm welcome

and good meeting facilities, the weatherman provided fair

weather, and Dr. Fritz Haas, president and host, made it possible

for the A.M.U. to enjoy one of the best meetings since the war.

Members and friends from ten states, the District of Columbia,

and three other countries signed the register and assembled at

1 :00 P.M. on Wednesday, June 14th, for the first session of the

1950 convention.

A brief welcoming address by Dr. Fritz Haas, the welcome

seconded by Colonel Clifford C. Gregg, Director of the museum,

and answered by Dr. Paul Bartsch, got the meeting under way.

Dr. Howard K. Gloj'd, Director of the Chicago Academy of Arts

and Sciences, spoke briefly of the late Frank Collins Baker. A

condensed report of the council meeting, held earlier in the day,

w^as presented with nominations for officers who were unani-

mously elected as follows: President, Dr. Joseph P. E. Morrison;

Vice-President, Dr. Jeanne Schwengel; Treasurer, Harold R.

Robertson; Secretary, Mrs. Harold R. Robertson; Councillors-

at-Large, Dr. Carlos G. Aguayo, Dr. Joseph C. Bequaert, Dr.

G. Dallas Hanna, Dr. A. Bryon Leonard. Dr. Leo Hertlein,

Chairman of A.M.U.P., becomes 2nd Vice-President. Dr. Henry

van der Schalie reported briefly on The Nautilus index, now

complete and ready for the printer. The Council authorized

him to investigate printing costs, and tentatively guaranteed

limited financial backing from the A.M.U. treasury in the event

that it should be needed. An invitation to hold the 1951 meeting

in the Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo, N. Y., was unani-

mously accepted.

The following papers completed the afternoon program:

''American Ellobiidae," by Dr. Joseph P. E. Morrison; ''A

Trip Along the Great Falls of the Potomac, ' ' by Gordon K. Mae-

Millan; ''The Mollusks Inhabiting* Temporary Pools and Ponds

in Ohio and Illinois," by Dr. Ralph W. Dexter; "Remarks on

the late Dr. Carlos de la Torre," by Dr. Paul Bartsch.

66 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

At 7 :00 P.M. the assemblage gathered in a private dining room

on the tenth floor of the Stevens Building for the annual banquet.

It was a festive affair, for the setting was pleasing, the service

excellent, and the food delicious. Dr. Bartsch acted as toast-

master, and after requesting a moment of silence in respect for

our three fellow-members departed from this life since the last

meeting. Dr. Carlos de la Torre, Mr. Dan L. Emery, and Dr.

T. C. Stephens, he called upon Drs. Fritz Haas, Joseph P. E.

Morrison, Jeanne Schwengel, Henry A. Pilsbry, Harley J. Van

Cleave, Elmer G. Berry, and Henry van der Schalie, who replied

with anecdote and reminiscence, thus capping a most enjoyable

evening.

Routine announcements opened the second day's sessions fol-

lowed by reading of a wire from the absent and sadl}" missed

Mr. and Mrs. Harold R. Robertson, and a message from R. Tucker

Abbott, who sent greetings from Zanzibar.

Papers completing this morning session were as follows:

* ' Notes on Leucochloridium ' ' by Dr. Irving Kagan and delivered

by Dr. Henry van der Schalie ; ''Notes on the Ecology of Steno-

trema hirsutum," by Charles Bruce Lee; ''Molluscan Faunas

and Climatic Changes in the High Plains Province," by Dr. A.

Byron Leonard ; * ' The Pearly Mussels of the Marais des Cygnes

River of Kansas," by Robert W. Reese.

Lunch in the museum cafeteria was followed by a muster on

the steps of the museum, at which time group pictures were taken,

then back to the meeting room on the second floor where the fol-

lowing papers completed the academic part of the convention :

"Columellar Armature of Cuban Urocoptid Land Shells," by

Dr. Paul Bartsch; ''Method of Raising Snails at the National

Institute of Health," by Elmer G. Berry.

Since the final session had been brief, the hours gained were

utilized in becoming better acquainted with the great museum

whose hospitality had been so much enjo3'ed, the nearby Shedd

Aquarium, and the Chicago Academy of Arts and Sciences.

At an early evening hour the group gathered in one of the

beautiful ballrooms of the Stevens Hotel to enjoy tlie hospitality

of Dr. Jeanne Schwengel and her husband. General Frank R.

Schwengel, at another of their famous cocktail and buffet supper

parties, delightful as always.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 67

Eight molliiscan zealots made up the party for the field trip

on Frida}^, led by Dr. Haas. The trip was made by train to the

Indiana Dunes, some forty miles east of Chicag:o, and although

no actual collecting was allowed in the immediate area which is

a state park and thereby restricted, many terrestrial and aquatic

species were observed, and it was a most enjoyable outing.

And so ended the sixteenth annual meeting of the American

Malacological Union, with much credit due Dr. Haas for making

it such a successful one. On to Buffalo in 1951!

NOTES AND NEWS

Mesodon appressus form sculptior Chadwick in Maryland.

— A small colony of Mesodon appressus form sculptior Chadw.

was recently found in the cemetery adjoining Christ Church,

Cambridge, Maryland. The shells run rather small, being from

13.5 to 14.5 mm. in diameter. A few years ago a single broken

specimen was found in river drift near Whitehall Creek, Choptank

River, Maryland, but the present record of living material is the

first for the Eastern Shore of Maryland. Anguispira alternata

fergiisoni Bid. and Triodopsis alholahris Say were found as-

sociated with the M. appressus. — Ralph W. Jackson.

The distribution of Triodopsis soelneri (J. B. Henderson)

IN North Carolina. — Since its description in 1907, Triodopsis

soelneri has not been reported from any place other than the

type locality, in a cypress swamp on the north shore of Lake

Waccamaw, Columbus Co., North Carolina. During the spring

of 1950 I made two collecting trips to coastal North Carolina

where I found this species at four localities, which indicates that

it has a wide range in this area. The localities are : Jones Co. :

edge of swamp, roadside, and pine woods, 2 miles north of Pol-

locksville. Brunswick Co. : pine woods, 1.8 miles west-northwest

of Shallotte ; Wet Ash Swamp, 2 miles southeast of Ash. Colum-

bus Co.: pine woods, 1.3 miles west of Evergreen. Specimens

from the pine woods differ from the typical form of the cypress

swamps in being smaller, and in having a small but distinct

denticle on the outer lip. — Leslie Hubricht.

68 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

The genotype of Plotia ''Bolten" Roeding. — In the April

number of the Archiv fiir Molluskenkunde (Bd. 79, Nr. 1/3), Dr.

Lothar Forcart discussed this genus (pp. 77, 78), designating

as its type Plotia miniita Bolten, which is a synonym of Nerita

tiiherculata Miiller. Plotia Roeding, 1798, as understood by For-

cart, would therefore displace Melanoides Olivier, 1804, which

has the same species of Miiller as type.

Plotia originally contained 15 species. Five of them are

nomina nuda; the remainder belong to five genera now referred

to four wholly unrelated families. To get rid of the name in

the nomenclature of melanians, where it had been used incor-

rectly by Brot and others, Pilsbry and Bequaert (Nautilus,

37 :36, July, 1923) designated Plotia lineata Roeding as the geno-

type of Plotia. This species is synonymous with Pyramidella

dolahrata (L.) This type selection was apparently overlooked

by Forcart, for it eliminated the name Plotia from the Thiaridae

(Melaniidae) . — Pilsbry.

Helisoma anceps (Menke), 1830. — This long forgotten name

for the common Planorhis hicarinatiis Say, 1819 (not Planorhis

hicarinatus Lamarck, 1804), was disinterred by me some yetiYa

ago (1934, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 86 : 45) to serve as a sub-

stitute for Say's homonymous term. It was published as Planor-

his anceps by I\Ienke in his Synopsis Methodica IMolluseorum

... in Mus. Menkeano, edit, altera, p. 36, 1830, based upon

Lister, pi. 139, fig. 44. This substitution has been accepted by

F. C. Baker in his volume on Planorbidae and by other authors,

but Prof. A. B. Leonard in a recent paper seeks to discredit it

as "unrecognizable." A photographic copy of Lister's figure is

reproduced slightly enlarged in Plate 4, fig. 44, so that those

who do not have ready access to Lister's folio may judge. If it

is not hicarinatus Say, I do not know any other Virginian species

Lister's copperplate could represent. — Pilsbry.

The plate headings of Bruguiere. — In the concluding install-

ment of a translation of Lamarck's ''Prodrome d'une nouvelle

classification des coquilles" (Nautilus, Vol. 61, pp. 134-143,

April, 1948), I treated the names of several of Bruguiere 's pe-

lecypod genera as nomina nuda because these genera were never

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 69

described by him, but were merely utilized as headings for plates

of figures of unnamed species. The plates appeared in the En-

cyclopedic Methodique in 1797, five years after Bruguiere's

death, and it is not even certain that Bruguiere had even seen

them or supervised their preparation. The reasons for my view

that the names in question were nomina nuda are discussed in

another paper. ^

Although these names have been frequently attributed to Bru-

guiere, the conclusion seems to me inescapable that, as of the date

of the submission of my manuscript to The Nautilus, they

should have been considered as improperly used as of Bruguiere,

under the terms of Rule 25 of the Code and Opinion 1 of the

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.

The Commission, however, has adopted an Opinion, as yet un-

published, since the date when the above-mentioned papers were

submitted for publication, which validates these names as of the

respective dates of the publication of the plates, by expanding

the construction of the word ''indication" in Rule 25 and Opinion

1 to cover this case.

Without commenting at length upon the wisdom of the Com-

mission's action (which seems at least debatable, in that it ap-

proves a further breaking-down of the wise limits placed upon

the meaning of the words "publication" and "indication" in

Rule 25) it is now a part of the interpretation of the Rule, al-

though it will not become binding upon zoologists until it has

been approved, and thus ratified, by the International Congress.^

— Henry Dodge.

The name Hemisinus (Longiverena) avus Pilsbry, 1944,

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 96: 145, is preoccupied, as Dr.

Morrison kindly informed me, by Hemisinus (Verena) avus Pils-

bry and Olsson, 1935, same Proceedings, 87 : 15. The species of

1944 may be called Hemisinus palaeus. — H. A. Pilsbry.

Wendell P. Woodring, of the U. S. Geological Survey, has

been awarded the Penrose Medal of the Geological Society of

1 The molluscan genera of Bruguiere, Journal of Paleontology, Vol. 21,

No. 5, pp. 484-492, Sept. 1947.

2 See Haas, Journal of Paleontology, Vol. 22, p. 641, Sept. 1948.

70 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

America. Dr. Woodring was honored for his researches in the

West Indies and Central and South America.

More on the status of Vallonia excentrica Sterkt. — Drs. I.

and B. Kensch (1932) attack the validity of this species on two

grounds: first, as Mr. Leslie Hubricht wrote in the Nautilus

(64:35), that excentrica-like individuals can be found in a V.

costata series as w^ell as in a pulcheUa series, thereby makinor of

Sterki's species a form of V. pulchella, probably resulting from

"a single gene mutation which occurs throughout the genus"

(I.e.). Secondly the Rensches point out that a large series of

pulchella will usually show a few excentricas, then a preponder-

ent group of specimens that can only be called transitional

(intermediar) in all possible stages, and finally a relatively few

specimens that are indisputably pulchella. (Sitzungsberichte der

Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, March 1, 1932, p. 293).

My own experience, after having examined large numbers of

Vallonias from several localities within New York City (but not

from the type locality of V. excentrica, Stat en Island), tends to

confirm the observations of the Rensches. As far as I am con-

cerned, it is not true that ''the two forms [pulchella and excen-

trica] can be separated with only a very small residue of doubt-

ful specimens" (Naut., I.e.). I am happy when I can find one

specimen that is clearly either the one or the other. Everytime

I look at them I change my mind. I shall recommend that New

York Shell Club drop Y. excentrica as a valid species from the

revised list of the molluscan fauna of the environs of New York.

— Morris K. Jacobson.

McGiLL University Museums. Through the generosity of

Mr. Lovell G. Mickles of Montreal, the molluscan collections of

the Redpath Museum, McGill University, are undergoing a re-

organization. The collections consist mainly of the extensive

Carpenter Collection (of some 500,000 specimens) which not

only contains finely preserved shells from all over the world,

but includes numerous types (see Nautilus, vol. 58, No. 3, 1945,

pp. 97-102). The work is under the direction of Dr. Katherine

V. W. Palmer assisted by Vincent Conde of the Cardenas Mu-

seum, Cuba. — J. D. Cleghorn, Curator of Zoology.

Oct., 1950] THE NAUTILUS 71

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

The western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C. B.

Adams. By William J. Clench and Ruth D. Turner. 171 pages,

20 plates. One of the serious handicaps for all workers on the

marine mollusks of tropical America has been the identification

of a great many unfigured species described about a hundred

years ago by Professor C. B. Adams. A few of them have been

figured by Reeve, Dall and others, but most of them remained

known by the descriptions only. In this work, published as

Number 15 of the ' * Occasional Papers on Mollusks, ' ' the original

descriptions of Adams are reprinted and types or specimens con-

sidered lectotypes of nearly all species are figured. A few have

been lost. Notes on some species by Krebs and others have been

added. The status of many of the species and their modern

generic allocation still remain to be worked out.

The value of this series of figures and the reprints of rare

papers will be apparent. It is an indispensible book for all con-

cerned with the Gulf and Caribbean faunas. — H. A. P.

A Yarmouthian molluscan fauna in the mid-continental

region of the United States (Univ. of Kansas Paleontological

Contributions, Mollusca, Art. 3. 1950). By A. Byron Leonard.

This paper of 48 pages, 6 plates, is a comprehensive account of a

Pleistocene inland fauna. Some 65 species from 20 localities in

northwestern Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma and northwest-

ern Texas are described and illustrated. Eight terrestrial and

nine aquatic species are thought to be extinct. The illustrations

are from photographs. Most of the species are small or minute,

and the author is to be congratulated on his success in producing

such excellent figures. It is inferred that the region was better

supplied with permanent water in Yarmouthian times than at

present, and the temperature was probably not much if any

lower than now, though probably more equable. Forest genera

are entirely lacking. The molluscan fauna has been declining

since Yarmouthian times; thus, the Recent fauna of Meade and

Clark counties Kansas, includes 21 species, wiiereas the Yar-

mouthian fauna of the same area totals 45 species. Misprints are

rare, but we may note that throughout, Hawaiia minuscula is

72 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (2)

misspelled ^'miniscida,^^ and on plate 4 the figures of Stenotrema

monodon are reversed. — H. A. P.

Studies of the nonmarine mollusca of Yucatan. By Harold

W. Harry. (Oec. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan No. 524)

34 pp., text figures. A list of snails collected by the author in a

brief visit to the region of Progreso to Merida and Chichen Itza.

There are copious notes on the species and their living conditions.

Results of the Catherwood-Chaplin West Indies expedi-

tion, 1948, part 4. Land snails of North Cat Cay (Bahamas),

Cayo Largo (Cuba), Grand Cayman, St. Andrews and Old

Providence. By Charles B. Wurtz. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

102 :95-110, 1 plate.) Interesting additions are made to the land

snail faunas of all of these small and rarely visited islands.

Two new Cerion are described from Cayo Largo, and new species

of the genera Varicella (2), Lacteolima and Microceramus were

taken on Grand Cayman. — H. A. P.

The molluscan fauna of the Cocos-Keeling islands, Indian

Ocean. By R. Tucker Abbott. (Bull. Raffles Mus., Singapore,

No. 22, 1950). Of 164 species reported from these atolls, five are

land mollusks, one, Siiccinea keelingensis Abbott, a new species,

being the only endemic ; the others apparently introduced. The

marine species ' ' are a mixture of the typical Indian Ocean fauna

and that of the western Pacific.^' The nomenclature and the

synonymy given in some involved cases show careful work. —

H. A. P.

Mollusks from the West Coast of Mexico and Central

America, Part VII. By Leo George Hertlein and A. M. Strong.

(Zoologica 34:63-98, 1 plate, 1949). This series has reached

the family Tellinidae. Keys to genera and species are given.

New species of Tellina and Macoma are described. A valuable

feature of these papers is that all related species of the coast

covered are critically compared. — II. A. P.

The nautilus

Vol. 64 JANUARY, 1951 No. 3

INTERESTING SHELLS FROM THE

DELMARVA PENINSULA

By BERNAX>INE BAEKER BAKER

During the latter half of June 1950, my husband and I spent

a combined vacation and collecting trip at Accomac, Virginia,

on the Delmarva Peninsula. The peninsula, as its name sug-

gests, is made up of parts of the States of Delaware, Maryland,

and Virginia, and forms the outer boundary of Chesapeake Bay.

The area in Virginia where all collecting was done is Pleistocene

sand, about half covered with pine barrens, with the remainder

used for farming. At the time we were there, early potatoes

were being harvested as well as snap beans. Tomatoes, and

sweet potatoes were also noted in quantity. Besides agriculture,

the peninsula is widely known as a fishing, crabbing, and oyster

center. Of course we were mainly interested in the latter, and

we made some of our most interesting finds from the heaps of

discarded oyster shells. Considering that we were warned be-

forehand and told repeatedly that there were no shells to be

found thereabouts, we found our trip singularly rewarding. At

the close of this paper is a list of the mollasks noted in the

various collecting spots.

(1). Folly Creek, Accomac. "Creek" is the term locally

used for any long narrow arm of the sea or bay. These are

affected by the tides, and may be somewhat brackish. At the

branch of Folly Creek which we visited, we found a great num-

ber of oyster discards. Near by in three bushel baskets were

very nicely collected for us the largest examples of Urosalpinx

cinereus we had ever seen. The majority were from 1% inches

to 2 inches high; the largest one (PI. 5, fig. 4) being 51.2 mm.

high by 24.1 mm. greatest diameter. They surely must have had

optimum growing conditions. We also found some large Eu-

pleura caudata shells, but these were relatively scarce here. Col-

73

74 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

lecting along the creek bank in the mud we pulled up very large

Modiolus demissus plicatulus, the largest over 115. 5 mm. greatest

measurement (over 41/2 inches). Very large Littorina irrorata

were also picked up, the largest measuring 29.2 mm. (over 1^^

inches), with major diameter 19.1 mm.

(2). Onancock Creek, Onancock. On the bay side, this

creek showed marked differences from the previous locality. We

collected at two different places here: Finney's Wharf and East

Point. The latter is a swimming spot, with sandj- bottom, and

has been somewhat disturbed by the dredging of a channel so

that boats may come in to the wharf. Tagelus gihbus was noted

here in great quantity. Littorina iiTorata was markedly smaller

than the specimens collected in Folly Creek. Among the small

moUusks crawling on the bottom, we noted young Ilyanassa

ohsoleta. Unlike the adults, these have a complete spire. Deep

Creek, where large specimens of Mytilus recurvu^ were found

with the oyster discards, was similar to Onancock Creek.

(3). KiPTOPEKE Beach, near Cape Charles. This long

stretch of sandy beach along Chesapeake Bay near the tip of the

peninsula yielded one of the most interesting finds of the entire

trip. A half mile out in the water we noted trap nets, and as

we came opposite these on the beach, we found many specimens

of Busy con carica. They were unusual for two reasons: their

bright orange lining, and their retention of entire epidermis.

All specimens were very fresh, most of them having parts of

the animal and the operculum. Obviously they had been dis-

carded by the fishermen as unworthy of notice. The largest

of these measures 9i%o inches long. In addition to the Busycon,

we picked up one fine specimen of Dosinia discus. To complete

this wonderful ''catch," a half-bushel basket was found con-

veniently near, with some discarded rope to make a handle !

(4). Cedar Island, on Metompkin Inlet, Accomac County.

A group of five interested ''shellers" hired a motorboat with

owner for the trip to this outer island, which had only a Coast

Guard Station and one house on it. The beach here looked more

like the beaches of Florida's west coast — wave-rows of shells at

the water line. Practically the only live material obtained were

the two species of Busycon. B. carica was the more common,

with many dead ones high up on the beach. A large lobster or

January, 1951] the nautilus 75

crab pot was filled with these for use as decoration around a

garden. Of the live specimens collected, the largest measured

9 inches long. The dead shells on the shore contained some species

not previously reported from so far north ; namely, Chione can-

cellata, Pecten gihhiis, and Mulinia lateralis corhuloides. The

chiones were large; the largest measuring 39.7 mm. long (1%6

in.), and 35.8 mm, high.

(5) . BiRCHTOWN, AND ASSATEAGUE ISLAND, NEAR ChINCOTEAGUE.

Assateague Island is a U. S. Wildlife Refuge, and we were in-

terested to see what the molluscan fauna might be. A short

trip via rowboat across Assateague channel from Birchtown,

a small settlement out of Chincoteague, brought us there at low

tide. We were much disappointed at the collecting on the

channel side of the island, and because of the faintheartedness of

the author, did not brave the mosquitoes and swampland to cross

to the outer side. However, it probably would not have been

markedly different from that found at Cedar Island. The one

rewarding thing about this trip was a glimpse of the famous

wild horses, of which we saw a half dozen or so when they came

down to the shore. Bird life was abundant, and we wished we

had had more time to study it. On our return to Birchtown,

among the great piles of the famous Chincoteague Ostrea virgin-

ica, we found some verj^ large Eupleiira caudata caudata Say.

The largest of these (PI. 5, fig. 5) measures 41.6 mm. high (over

1% inches) by 21.5 mm. major diameter. We also found very

large fresh specimens of Busycon canaliculatum, the largest

measuring T^Yiq inches long, 4% inches largest diameter. These

were fresh, with operculum and animal. Here, too, we found

the only chiton of our trip. Noetia ponderosa and Area c. pexata

were common amongst all the discarded oyster shells here as in

other localities. The largest A. pexata found measures 64.3 mm.

(over 21/2 inches) in length, 52.4 mm. altitude, 39.5 mm.

diameter.

Urosalpinx cinereus Say, var. follyensis, new form. Plate

5, fig. 4.^

The differentiating characteristic of this form is its larger size

due to an added whorl, making 8 plus whorls. The variety is

named for the type locality. Folly Creek, Accomac, Virginia.

1 Nomenclatorial subspecies.

76

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (3)

The type measures: 51.2 mm. long, 24.1 mm. wide. Type ANSP.

186817; paratypes lot No. 992, author's collection.

EuPLEURA CAUDATA Say, var. etterae, new form. Plate 5, fig. 5.^

This form is also characterized by an added whorl and its

larger size. It was found both at Folly Creek and Birchtown,

the type and the greatest number being taken at the latter spot.

It is named for Mrs. Robert Etter of Onancock, Virginia. Type

locality: Birchtown, Chincoteague, Virginia. The type meas-

ures: 41.6 mm. high by 21.5 mm. wide. Type ANSP 186818;

paratypes include lot No. 991, author's collection.

List of Shells from the Delmarva Penninsula

Numbers following specific names refer to the localities in the

numbered paragraphs preceding, and indicate that the species

was found at those places only. Species not numbered were

found pretty generally in all the spots visited.

Chaetopleura apicidata 5

Nucula proxima 4

Area campechiensis 4

A. campechiensis pexata

A. transversa 4

Noetia ponder osa

Ostrea virginica

Pecten irradians

P. gibhtcs 4

Anomia simplex

Mytilus edulis 3, 4

M. recurvus — Deep Creek

Modiolus demissus plicatulus

Astarte castanea 3

A. undata 4

Laevicardium mortoni 2

Dosinia discus 3

Chione cancellata 4

Venus mercenaria

V. mercenaria notata

V. mercenaria alba 4

Petricola pholadiformis 3, 4

Tellina tenera 2

Macoma balthica 2

Donax fossor 3, 4

Tagelus gibbus

2 Reported by Mrs. Ernestine Taylor.

Ensis direct us 3, 4

Spissula solidissima 3, 4

Mulinia lateralis

M. lateralis corbuloides 4

Anatina canaliculata 4

Mya arenaria 2, 3

Barnea truncata 4

B. costata 4

Diadora alternata 4

Epitofiium angulatum 4

E. multistriatum 4

Melanella conoidea - 4

Polinices duplicata

P. heros 3

P. triseriata 4

Sinum perspectvvum 4

Crepidida fornicata

C. glauca convexa

C. plana

Ldttorina irrorata

Eupleura caudata

Urosalpinx cinereus

Anachis avara 2, 4

Mitrella lunata 4

Ilyanassa obsoleta

Nassarms trivitatns

January, 1951] the nautilus 77

N. vihex Melampus lineatus 1

Btcsycon carica Marginella apicina horeaXis 4

B, canaliculatum Terehra dislocata 4

Mangilia plicosa 2

A CLARIFICATION OF SOME CENTRAL AMERICAN

UNIONIDAE DESCRIBED BY R. A. PHILIPPI

By RICHARD I. JOHNSON

K. A. Philippi described a number of new shells in the Zeit-

schrift fur Malakozoologie during 1848 and 1849. Unfortunately

most of the descriptions were mere sketches unaccompanied by

figures. In this paper we have sought to clarify some of the

Unionidae which have been carried in the literature for 100

years as nomina duhia. For two of the species we have type

material. Some may take exception as to the status of this

material because Philippi based each of his descriptions on one

immature specimen selected from each lot by Largilliert which

the latter sent to Philippi for description. As the specimens

described are unavailable, we have thought it desirable to fix

the names on this material which Largilliert kept and dis-

tributed, and which is as *' authentic" as any we can ever hope

to have. We have also united two of Philippi 's names after

the study of a more adequate series than was available to him.

I wish to thank J. P. E. Morrison and R. H. Rehder of the

United States National Museum for suggestions and the loan of

valuable type material ; H. A. Vander Schalie for material from

the Zoology Museum of the University of Michigan; G. Hanson

of the Paris Museum for allowing me to look for Morlet 's types ;

and W. J. Clench for his ever willing aid and council.

Leptodea largillierti (Philippi) Plate, 5, fig. 2.

Unio largillierti Philippi, 1847, Zeit. fiir Mai., 4, p. 94 (Yucatan

[Prov., Mexico] ) ; von Martens, 1900, Biol. Central America,

Moll., p. 94 [nomen duhia].

Lampsilis largillierti Philippi, Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Nai-

ades, Detroit, Michigan, 1, p. 194 [nomen duhia] .

Unio paludosus Morlet, 1849, Test. Noviss. Cubanae et Amer-

ica Centralis, 1, p. 30 (swamps near San Geromino, Yucatan

[now Campeche, Mexico] ) ; Fischer & Crosse, 1894, Miss. Sci.

Mexique, Part 7, 2, p. 559, pi. 59, fig. 3.

78

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (3)

Lampsilis paludosus Morlet, Simpson, 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades,

Detroit, Michigan, 1, p. 192.

TJnio delphinulus Morlet, 1849, Test. Noviss. Cubanae et Amer-

ica Centralis, 1, p. 192.

Vnio delphinulus Morlet, 1849, Test. Noviss. Cubanae et Amer-

ica Centralis, 1, p. 31 (swamps of the River Usumacinta and

Lake Peten, [Guatemala]), Fischer & Crosse, 1894, Miss. Sci.

Mexique, Part 7, 2, p. 557, pi. 63, fig. 2, 2a, 2b.

Lampsilis delphinulus Morlet, Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades,

Detroit, Michigan, 1, p. 194.

TJnio planivalvis Morlet, 1851, Test. Noviss. Cubanae et Amer-

ica Centralis, 2, p. 24 (swamps in the vicinity of the River

Usumacinta, [Guatemala] ) ; Fischer & Crosse, 1894, Miss. Sci.

Mexique, Part 7, 2, p. 560, pi. 59, fig. 2.

Lampsilis planivalvis Morlet, Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades,

Detroit, Michigan, 1, pi. 193.

Description: Shell reaching 70 mm. (2% inches) in length

symphonote, very thin to moderately thick. Outline elongated,

subrhomboidal or subtriangulate. Valves compressed. Anterior

end regularly rounded and subangulate above or sometimes

slightly symphonote ; posterior end produced and subtruncated.

Ventral margin straight. Posterior slope compressed usually

carried up into a high dorsal wing (often broken away). Ex-

cluding the wing, the dorsal and ventral margins are almost

parallel. Posterior ridge low, double or triple, well developed

and angular ending in a more or less distinct biangulation.

Hinge ligament covered by wing. Beaks well forward of the

center, beaks low but sharp, their sculpture fine and double

looped. Surface of the shell smooth but covered with concentric

growth lines, rather dull greenish yellow, or brownish olive. Left

valve with one lamellar pseudocardinal and two slightly curved

laterals. The right valve with two lamellar pseudocardinals,

the upper one smaller and one slightly curved lateral. Beak

cavities shallow with some muscle scars. Anterior adductor

muscle scars shallow, posterior ones not visible. Pallial line

usually visible at least anteriorly. Nacre irridescent bluish-

white, or pinkish.

Lectotype

Large

Small

Yucatan, Mexico

Puebla Nueva S. of Flores,

Pet<5n, Guatemala

Puebla Nueva S. of Flores,

Pet6n, Guatemala

The wing is broken off the type.

January, 1951] the nautilus 79

Types: Largilliert sent Philippi a young specimen of this spec-

ies from a lot of several specimens. Philippi promptly des-

cribed this specimen, but did not give any measurements

for it, nor did he state whether he returned the specimen to

Largilliert. Philippics collection is in the British Museum,^ but

to date no one has brought the specimen to light. Fortunately,

Largilliert sent a specimen from his original lot to C. B. Adams

with the note, **Espece nouvelle, et tres rare, qui n'est dans

aucune collection." It is here selected as lectotype. Museum of

Comparative Zoology No. 155569. There is also a paratype

MCZ No. 184531. (See note 3.) The type locality is Yucatan,

Mexico, but as this constituted the whole penisular when the

species was described, we hereby restrict the type locality to

San Geromino, Campeche, Mexico.

According to the Journal de Conchyliologie (1893, 41, p. 194)

Morlet's types were acquired by the British Museum,- however,

in the Paris Museum the author found three unnumbered cotypes

of L. delphinulus glued on two plaques. L. paludosa and

planivcdvis were not represented, presumably these are in the

British Museum, but I was unable to see that collection.

Range: Southern Mexico, Northern Guatemala and Honduras.*

Records: Mexico: Swamps near San Geromino, State of Cam-

peche, (Morlet) ; State of Tabasco (MCZ) ; Monte Christo, State

of Chiapas (USNM). Guatemala, Province of Peten: Arroya

at Puebla Nueva, South of Flores; San Pedro River above El

Paso de los Caballos; Lake Eckixil; Lake Peten; Rio de la

Pasion (all Univ. of Michigan) ; Swamps of Usumacinta River

(Morlet). Honduras: (USNM)..

1 Sherborn, C. D., Where is the . . . Collection ? Cambridge, England,

1940, p. 194.

2 Simpson (1900, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 22, p. 503) claims that Morlet 's

types of Naiades were in the United States National Museum, however,

Dr. J. E. Morrison assures me, "We do not have nor have ever had any-

material from Morlet in this group of mussels."

3 In the Museum of Comparative Zoology is a specimen received from

Largilliert and labeled by J. G. Anthony as coming from Lake Nicaragua.

On the other hand we have a specimen of Anodon nicaraguae philippi also

from Largilliert and labeled Mexico while the type locality for this species

is Lake Nicaragua. Obviously Anthony inadvertently switched the data

when copying the labels.

80 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Remarks: Goodrich and van der Schalie (1937, Univ. of

Michigan, Mus. of Zool. Misc. Pub. No. 34, p. 46) united Leptodea

delphinulus and L. planivalvis under L. paludosus, having had

a series of some eleven lots on which to base this conclusion, I

am in full agreement with them and have united all three species

under Philippi's name which is the earliest. The species is

subject to the same ecologic differences that characterize many

species that live in both quiet lakes and swift streams. In the

former case, the shells tend to be more thin and the wing is well

developed. In the latter case, the shells are thicker and the

wings are often broken or poorly developed. Young specimens

have well developed wings in either environment.

We have followed Goodrich and van der Schalie in placing this

species in Leptodea. Material for anatomical study was not

available to check the validity of the sections. However, Del-

phionaias and Phyllonaias of Crosse and Fischer (1894, Miss.

Sci. Mexique, Part 7, 2, p. 555), are identical being based on two

synonyms of L. largillierti, U. delphinuins Morlet and U, paludo-

sus Morlet.

Anodontites nicaraguae (Philippi) Plate 5, fig. 1.

Andonta nicaraguae Philippi, 1848, Zeit, fiir Mai., 5, p. 130

(Nicaragua) ; von Martens, 1900, Biol. Central America, Moll., p.

536; Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades, Detroit, Michigan, 3, p.

1456.

Anodonta hridgesii Lea, 1868, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil-

adelphia, 12, p. 95; 1869, Obs. Unio, 12, p. 51, pi. 42, fig. 104

(Lake Nicaragua).

Anodontites hridgesii Lea, Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades,

Detroit, Michigan, 3, p. 1437.

Anodonta jewettiana Lea, 1868, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil-

adelphia, 12, p. 95.

Anodonta jewettii Lea, 1869, Obs. Unio, 12, p. 49, pi. 41, fig.

101 (Lake Nicaragua) ; von Martens, 1900, Biol. Central Amer-

ica, Moll., p. 536.

Anodontites jewettianus Lea, Simpson 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades,

Detroit, Michigan, 3, p. 1437.

Description: Shell large reaching 132 mm. (5 inches) in length,

moderately thin and translucent, inequilateral. Outline subelip-

tical or rhomboid. Valves subinflated or inflated. Anterior and

regularly rounded, and subelongated above ; posterior end slightly

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (3)

PLATE 5

Tig. 1, Anodontites nicaraguae. 2, Leptodea larglllierti. 3, Succinea

lauta sphaerica. 4, Urosalpinx cmereus follyensis. 5, Eupleura caudata

etterae.

THE NxVUTILUS: (34 (3)

PLATE 6

Howard: The familv Juliidae

January, 1951]

THE NAUTILUS

81

more broadly rounded. Ventral margin slightly curved, may

become incurved medically in older shells. Posterior ridge round

and not very distinct. Posterior slope often with two slight

corrugations especially in younger shells. Hinge ligament dis-

tinct. Beaks forward of the center and moderately full. (Sculp-

ture erroded on all specimens observed.) Surface of the shell

smooth greenish yellow, or ashy green, usually darker and more

greenish toward the margins and on the posterior slope, some-

times shell with fine greenish rays. Hinge edentulous, beak

cavities shallow. Anterior and posterior muscle scars generally

not distinct. Pallial line not always visible. Nacre silvery or

bluish irridescent, sometimes tinted with salmon.

Types: Largilliert sent Philippi a very young specimen of this

species which the latter described. The location of this specimen

is unknown to us. Fortunately Largilliert sent a specimen from

his original lot to C. B. Adams, here selected as lectotype. Museum

of Comparative Zoology No. 184530. The type locality is Lake

Nicaragua. There is also a paratype MCZ 17071 which was sent

to J. G. Anthony. Lea's figured holotype of A. hridgesii is

United States National Museum No. 86691. There is also a lot

of paratypes. The figured holotype and only specimen of A.

jewettiana is USNM No. 86681.

Range and Records: Known only from the type locality.

River Tipitapa and sand bar north of River Estar, Lake

Nicaragua [listed as A. hridgesii] (Tate, 1869, American Jour.

Conch., 5, p. 160).

Remarks: Unfortunately the figured lectotype is a young spec-

imen and does not represent the species very well. Young spec-

imens are almost eliptical but adults tend to become more

rhomboidal and the ventral margin is usually incurved. An-

odontites nicaraguae shows considerable variation and I do not

82 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

hesitate to place hridgesii and jewettiana in its synonomy. Lea's

figure of hridgesii is a good illustration of the typical adult,

though jewettiana, which is based on a single specimen, is quite

rhomboidal and rather more inflated than most specimens.

However, comparison with other material would place it in this

synonomy.

Anodonta nicaragicae is known only from Lake Nicaragua, but

further research may indicate that it is only a variety of Anodon-

tites glauca Val. though we cannot determine that at present.

Anodontites cornea (Philippi)

Anodonta cornea Philippi, 1848, Zeit, fiir Mai., 5, p. 130

(Nicaragua) ; von Martens, 1900, Biol. Central America, Moll.,

p. 535.

Anodonta atrovirens Philippi, 1848, Zeit. fiir Mai., 5, p. 130 ;

Simpson, 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades, 3, p. 1456.

Anodonta inaequivalvis Lea, 1869, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil-

adelphia, 12, p. 95; 1869, Obs. Unio, 12, p. 52, pi. 43, fig. 108

(Lake Nicaragua) ; von Martens, 1900, Biol. Central America,

Moll., p. 534.

Anodontites inaequivalvis Lea, Simpson, 1914, Des. Cat. Nai-

ades, Detroit, Michigan, 3, p. 1423.

Anodonta lenticularis Lea, 1868, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil-

adelphia, 12, p. 95 ; 1869, Obs. Unio, 12, p. 50, pi. 41, fig. 102

(Lake Nicaragua).

Anodonta inaequivalvis lenticularis Lea, von Martens, 1900,

Biol. Central America, Moll., p. 534.

Anodonta granadensis Lea, 1868, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil-

adelphia, 12, p. 96; 1869, Obs. Unio, 12, p. 48, pi. 41, fig. 100

(Lake Nicaragua).

Anodonta inaequivalvis granadensis Lea, von Martens, 1900,

Biol. Central America, Moll., p. 535.

Anodontites granadensis Lea, Simpson, 1914, Des. Cat. Naiades

Detroit, Michigan, 3, p. 1424.

Description: Shell small reaching 42 mm. (li/o inches) rather

thin, slightly inequivalve. Outline subeliptical to subrhombidal.

Valves subinflated. Anterior end regularly rounded; posterior

end obliquely subtruncated above. Ventral margin rounded.

Posterior ridge rather full and rounded. Hinge ligament small.

Beaks well forward of the center, low and sharp. (Sculpture

erroded on all specimens observed.) Periostracum concentrically

striated, wrinkled and looped dark green or straw colored, oc-

January, 1951

THE NAUTILUS

83

casionally with darker posterior rays. Anterior adductor muscle

scars distinct, posterior ones sometimes visible. Pallial line not

distinct. Hing-e edentulous. Nacre bluish or silverly irrisencent.

Types: The types of Philippi's species may be in the British

Museum. Lea's figured holotype of A. inaequivalvis is United

States National Museum No. 86767, of A. lenticularis USNM No.

86704, and of A. granadensis USNM No. 86655. The type

locality of both Philippi's and Lea's species is Lake Nicaragua.

Range and Records: Known only from the type locality. Lake

Nicara^a, near San Ubaldo, and River Malacatoya [listed as

A. inaequalis [sic] Lea] (Tate, 1869, American Jour. Conch., 5,

160).

Remarks: This species shows great variation. It is generally

subeliptical but occasionally subrhomboidal. Specimens may be

dark green or straw-colored. This latter character led Philippi

to apply two names to this species. In speaking of the three

names that he applied to A. cornea, Lea said (1869, Obs. Unio,

12, p. 49) ''The three are very closely allied. ..." Simpson

(1914 Cat. Naiades, 3, p. 1424) has united inaequivalvis and

lenticularis and admits that granadensis is probably only a

variety. We do not hesitate to include them all under Philippi's

earliest name.

In his synonomy Simpson also included A. gldbrus Sowerby,

A. montezianus Sowerby and A. viridana Clessin, but these are

from Mexico, and are ill defined. I doubt that they belong

under A. cornea. We chose the name cornea instead of atro-

virens as it has paged precidence.

84 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

THE FAMILY JULIIDAE ^

By AETHUR day HOWARD

While sorting the bottom samples taken by the Velero III

from Socorro Isle, 1934, we found a shell that was new to us.

The form was so peculiar that we made a few notes and sketches

hoping sometime to find more material. Some time later a very

small specimen was found in some dredgings from the southwest

Pacific. Having found two specimens we set out to place the

shell in its systematic position, if possible.

As first identified it was found to belong to the Prasinidae

which was named by Deshayes (1863) from a shell discovered on

the Isle of Bourbon (Reunion), Indian Ocean, Prasina horhonica.

The previously discovered Julia exquisita Gould, 1862, Sand-

wich Islands, was later given precedence as the name of the

genus. Dall, 1898, figured J. floridana Burns, Eocene, Florida,

which he said is the only American fossil of the genus from any

horizon. This is, so far as we know, the first report of the

Juliidae from this continent. Fischer, 1887, in his Manuel de

ConchyUologie, made Jidia a sub -genus of Prasina in the family

Prasinidae. Dall, 1895, accepted this classification with a ques-

tion. He later, 1898, after the examination of more material,

concluded that Prasina and Julia were identical and therefore

the older name, Julia, according to the rules of nomenclature,

would be given to the genus. He also found grounds for estab-

lishing the family Juliidae.

Woodring, 1925, described a new fossil species /. gardnerae

from Miocene of Jamaica employing the family title Juliidae.

He mentions the J. floridana of Dall and three European fossil

species. A new living west American species was described by

Pilsbry and Olsson in 1944, found at Panama, in Colombia,

Ecuador and Peru. It was named because of its distribution

J. equatorialis. Also in 1944 Dr. C. Beets gave a detailed ac-

count of the genus and listed nine species.

We then have in all the following species described up to the

present time :

1 Contribution no. 52 from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of

Southern California, Loa Angeles, California.

January, 1951] the nautilus 85

Living: J. exqiiisita Gld., Hawaii

J. horhonica (Dh.) Bourbon, etc. Indian Ocean

J. cornida (de Folin), Mauritius, Indian Ocean

J. eqiiatorialis P. and O., Panama to Peru

Fossil: J. douvillei (Cossmann and Peyrot), France

J. floridiana Dall, Florida

/. gardnerae Woodring-, Jamaica

J. girondica (C. and P.), France

J. lecointreae (Dollfus and Dautzenberg) , France

J undescribed, from Santo Domingo.

The first two specimens we found were weathered, dead shells,

with no color except white. However, we discovered a shell, a

left valve, from Cape San Lucas that had recently been alive

which possessed the distinctive characters of Julia exquisita of

Gould and Prasina horhonica of Deshayes. The ground color

is green, and strong lines of deeper green radiate from the um-

bones to the ventral edge, about 22 in number. The shell is

transparent and markedly polished, especially in the interior.

A muscle scar is slightly visible in the middle of the posterior part

of the valve. A strong column arises from the interior, anterior

to the bj^ssal fissure and the prominent beak, and meets a similar

column in the right valve. The column is slightly enlarged at its

inner end and probably fits into a depression in the other valve.

These colums give a marked rigidity to the hinge structure. Sub-

sequently w^e found four valves, 2 right and 2 left, in the dredg-

ings from Socorro Island; one of these is larger (3 mm. long)

than the others. Its dimensions, long 3, alt. 2.8, diam. 1.5 mm.

The size maximum, 3 mm., is smaller than the specimen of Gould

which measured long 5, lat. 4, alt. 4 mm. A valve from Santa

Cruz is larger, as noted below.

The method of collecting the fresh shell suggests where this

comparatively rare species may be found. It was obtained from

washings of marine algae in shore collecting by Dr. Yale Dawson

near Cape San Lucas. I would surmise that the live mollusk

would be obtained attached by a byssus to green algae. To

summarize the distribution as we found it we have one specimen

from Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island, 16 fathoms ; 4 Braithwaite

Bay, 14-18 fathoms ; 1 fresh left valve in shore collecting 5 miles

east of Cape San Lucas; 1 right valve measuring, length 4,

86 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

height 3, diameter 0.75 mm., from Chinese Bay, Santa Cruz

Island, in 17 fathoms.

Through the courtesy of Dr. James G. Needham and Dr. John

W. Wells of Cornell University we have been able to compare

our shells with those described by A. A. Gould in 1862. The

form is, in major details, the same, but in size they differ

markedly. The largest of those from Socorro Isle measures only

3 mm. in length while Gould's specimens in 5 mm, long and of

much heavier build. As shown in the illustration, the possession

of lines is quite striking in the Pacific Coast shells. However,

the lines may be a character of only fresh or juvenile shells.

The shells of J. exquisita have a porcelanous texture while these

shells are translucent to almost transparent. In form and size

and apparently marking our shells come nearest to J. equatorialis.

The pattern of ornamentation of J. equatorialis was described as

''about 20 very shallow radial lines," but on renewed examina-

tion, Dr. Pilsbry thinks that the lines are the remains of color

lines, any appearance of slight impression being owing to

differential erosion of the beach-worn shells. In size and form

a Socorro specimen compared is indentical with some of the

equatorial shells. At any rate, we have now a correct descrip-

tion of the ornamentation, and an extension of the distribution

some two thousand miles to the northwest of Panama, the north-

ernmost reported locality for J. equatorialis, and three thousand

miles east of Hawaii, the home of J. exquisita.

The figures are from photographs by Daniel H. Chapman and

Akira Asakura. Plate 6, fig. 1, the exterior of the left valve

from Cape San Lucas, AHF No. 4461, length 2.75, alt. 2, diam.

.5 mm., broken anterior edge. Fig. 2, the interior of the same

(extremely difficult to photograph because of the polished sur-

face). Fig. 3, the interior of the largest of the Socorro Isle

shells, AHF No. 4341.

Literature cited

Beets, C. 1944. Geologic en Mijnbouw, N. S. 6 Jaargang, No.

3-4, pp. 28-31.

Dall, W. H. 1898. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Vol. Ill,

pt. 4, p. 810.

Dall, W. H., Bartsch P., and Reiider, H. A. 1938. A manual

of the recent and fossil marine pelecypod mollusks of the

Hawaiian Islands. Bull. 153, Bernice P. Bishop Mus.

January, 1951] the nautilus 87

Deshayes, G. p. 1863. Cat. Moll. Isle de Reunion, p. 25, 1863,

in Maillard. Notes sur L'lle de La Reunion.

Fischer, Dr. Paul. 1887. Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 949,

950, Paris, 1887.

FoLiN, L. DE, et Perrier, L. 1867-71. Les Fonds de la Mer, p.

83, pi. 9, %. 7, I Paris, Savy.

Gould, A. A. 1862. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VIII, p. 284,

1862.

Pilsbry, H. a., and Olsson, A. A. 1944. A West American

Julia, Nautilus, 57, p. 86, 87.

Woodring, Wendell P. 1925. Miocene mollusks from Bowden,

Jamaica. Pelecypods and scaphopods. Pp. 87, 88. Carnegie

Inst., Washington.

LAND SNAILS FROM THE GUADALUPE

RANGE, TEXAS

By H. a. pilsbry and E. P. CHEATUM

The southeastern end of the Guadalupe Mountains in New

Mexico and Texas proves to be rather rich in local land snails,

and doubtless is well worth further exploration. A beginning

was made in 1922, when J. H. Ferriss and the senior author

collected for a few days, finding new holospiras, the fine Hum-

holdtiana ultima and other shells. In November, when we were

there, the moutain tops were already white with snow; it was

bitterly cold, and we had to make fires from time to time to

restore feeling to our benumbed fingers. These conditions cut

our stay short. A second brief exploration was made last year

by the junior author, whose account of the trip follows.

During Juty, 1950, mj^ wife, two sons, and I spent two days

collecting shells in the Guadalupe range of mountains at Pine

Springs, Texas. Occupying the same tourist court with our

party were students and teachers from Kansas University and

Columbia University, both groups studying the fossil invert-

ebrates of that area.

Since I was in the process of coming down with virus pneumo-

nia, I didn't feel much like climbing the mountains for shells,

but fortunately for me, Mrs. Winnif red Fischer, wife of Dr. Wm.

88 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Fischer of the Geology Department at Kansas University, and

her son Bill offered to serve as guide and help collect shells. The

trip up the mountains which yielded the new Ashmunella was

made by my wife and eldest son, Don.

Typical vegetation of that section in dry areas consisted of

ocotilla, cacti, and lechueguilla. Mr. Yochelson from Columbia

University made the trip with me to McKittrick Canyon, where

we found new Holospira. Mrs. Wm. Fischer discovered Holosp ira

roemeri in Bone Spring Canyon. This canyon heads back into

the mountain mass between El Capitan and Guadalupe Peak,

just to the west of Guadalupe Canyon. Flanking both McKit-

trick and Bone Spring Canyons are limestone cliffs with suf-

ficient vegetation, crypts, etc., to adequately support and protect

the mollusk population.

Ashmunella edithae new species. Plate 4, fig. 10.

The shell is depressed with very slightly elevated spire and

a sharply carinate periphery. The umbilicus is contained about

three times in the diameter, noticeably widening in the last

whorl. The surface is hyaline, pale brown, with fine unevenly

spaced growth lines present on all except the smoothish initial

whorls. The whorls are weakly convex above, the last whorl

carinate with a convex base, slightly descending in front. The

aperture is strongly oblique ; peristome white, rather narrowly

expanded above and reflected at the outer and basal margins.

The parietal wall with a deeply placed short oblique, straight

tooth. Within the outer lip is a conic tooth ; in the basal margin

two slightly compressed teeth.

Height 5.5 mm., diameter 16.2 mm. ; 5^/4 whorls. Type.

Height 5.5 mm., diameter 15 mm. ; 5i/4 whorls. Paratype.

Guadalupe Range, near the top of the mountain up Pipe

Line Canyon, Pine Springs, Texas. Type ANSP; paratype

in Cheatum collection.

A. edithae is related to A. kochi but is smaller, the spire more

elevated and the periphery sharply carinate. The parietal

tooth does not bend toward the columella; the tooth within the

outer lip is not oblicjuely set and tapers to its tip rather than

being blunt topped. This species is named for the wife of the

junior author, who found the shells.

Januarj^, 1951] the nautilus 89

HoLOSPiRA piTYis ncw specics. Plate 4, figs. 3, 3a.

The shell is short, cylindric in the last three whorls which

form over half the total length; the first five whorls taper

rapidly. Embryonic IV2 whorls smooth, second whorl very con-

vex, the protoconch somewhat nipple-like. Remaining whorls

very finely and closely rib-striate, the riblets pale against gray

ground. The antepenult whorl with about 80 distinct riblets.

The whorls are convex, the last straightened and slightly protrud-

ing forward. The aperture is ovate the outer posterior portion

angulated. The straight parietal margin of the peristome is

in contact with, or is barely free from the last whorl, but else-

where the peristome is continuous, free and expanded. Inside

the shell there is a small columellar lamella within the latter

part of the penultimate whorl, near its base. Length 8.5, diam-

eter 4 mm. ; 9 whorls.

Guadalupe Range: Pine Springs Camp, Texas.

Holospira montivaga form hreviaria Pils. is a more narrowly

cylindric shell with stronger sculpture. It is usually larger than

H. pityis, which in a considerable number collected appears to vary

but little in size and shape. Named from its pine cone shape.

Holospira oritis new species. Plate 4, figs. 5, 5a.

The shell is cylindric in the lower four or five whorls, those

above tapering slowly. The embryonic whorls are smooth, the

following whorls finely and closely rib-striate, the riblets paler

than the blueish- or brownish-gray intervals. Riblets on the

penult and some earlier whorls are subdued and irregular or

wanting, they reappear on the last whorl, and are coarser on the

last half whorl. The eighth whorl has 52 distinct riblets. The

whorls are somewhat convex, the last straightened and shortlj^

projecting forward. The aperture is rounded below, truncate

above ; peristome is continuous, free, and narrowly reflected.

Internal structure is variable. The type and several other

specimens opened have a blunt lamella near the base of the axis

in the end of the penult and beginning of the last whorl. In

another specimen there is also a lamella on the basal partition

of the penult whorl. In still another shell within the penultimate

whorl there is a strong lamella, at least one-half whorl long, on

the upper wall and a strong blunt oblique lamella near base of

the columellar axis; also a weak lamina on the floor of the

cavity.

90 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Length 20.8 mm., diameter 5.4 mm. ; I51/2 whorls.

Length 19.4 mm., diameter 5.5 mm. ; 15 whorls.

Length 16.8 mm., diameter 5.0 mm. ; 13% whorls.

Length 14.9 mm., diameter 4.8. ; 14 whorls.

This species was collected near Pratt's Lodge in McKittrick

Canyon in the Guadalupe Range approximately 7 miles from

Pine Springs, Texas. They were upon rocks of a jutting escarp-

ment of limestone near a stream.

The number of smoothish whorls is variable. In some spec-

imens scarcely more than the penult whorl is smooth, but in

some others five or six whorls may show no distinct striation.

By the variable number of internal lamellae in the penult whorl

it resembles the Big Hatchet Mountain species.

This snail is evidently related to H. montivaga Pilsbry but it

is much less strongly costulate than that species. (Name from

opetrts, a mountaineer.)

THE PRESERVATION OF SLUGS

By LESLIE HUBEICHT

The old method of killing slugs by drowning in a container

filled with water is unsatisfactory because the slugs struggle

and secrete large quatities of slime. The resultant specimens

are not fully expanded and slime obscures the color pattern.

In the genus Philomycus there are a number of apparently

distinct color patterns which seem to have definite geographical

ranges. But when specimens are preserved these patterns are

obscured by contraction and slime so that their distinctness

is lost. I realized that if the genus Philomycus was to be under-

stood, a better method of preservation would have to be found.

After trying a number of methods I found that the following

procedure would produce satisfactory results.

Fill a tight container with water and add enough Chloretone

to insure a saturated solution and let stand for several days

to disolve. When killing slugs some of this solution is poured

off into a jar and enough water added to cut the strength to

10 to 20 percent. It is not necessary to fill the jar as the

slugs will not struggle or climb out, but in a few minutes become

January, 1951] the nautilus 91

relaxed and extend themselves. Killing requires from three to

ten hours depending on temperature. When they are dead,

which can be tested by pinching the tentacles with a pair of

forceps, if there is no reaction they are ready for fixing. For

fixing add enough 40 percent formaldehyde to make a solution

of one part of the formaldehyde to 16 parts of water and leave

for from 24 to 48 hours. After fixing they should be removed to

70 percent alcohol for preservation.

When this method is used the slugs are preserved life size

with the color patterns clear, and there is no fermentation of

the stomach contents which sometimes happens with the old

method. Although the killing is hastened by warmth, care

should be taken to prevent overheating. The heat produced by

parking a car in the sun will ruin the specimens if they are

left inside.

SOME NOTES ON HALIOTIS

By JOSHUA L. BAILY, JR.

For some years past, I have been assembling data concerning

the abalones of this coast with the idea of someday publishing

a detailed monograph of this interesting group. But a recent

contribution to the Natural History Museum of San Diego by

Mr. Reg Richardson, an amateur diver of La Jolla, contains

such interesting material that it appears justifiable to place

it on record without further delay.

Among this was a single specimen of Haliotis sorensoni

Bartsch. This is the species formerly called H. assimilis Dall in

local collections, but it is not that species. H. sorensoni may

readily be distinguished by its nearly circular outline and its

relatively thin shell. Locally it is known as the 'Hrue pink

abalone" to distinguish it from the ''false pink abalone" which

is H. corrugata Gray. So far as I am aware, jB". sorensoni has

never been recorded from La Jolla before, although it has un-

doubtedly been taken there, as it has been reported from Point

Concepcion to the north and from Guadalupe to the south.

A more interesting find, however, consists of a pair of spec-

imens of what I believe to be the lost species of C. B. Adams, H.

92 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

ponderosa. They fit perfectly the description and figure given

by Bartsch.^ They resemble large coarse specimens of H. rufes-

cens Swainson and perhaps might more appropriately be con-

sidered a variety of that species, though Avell worthy of a dis-

tinguishing name. However, until the opportunity of comparing

them with the type has been realized it is better to withhold

final judgment. An authentic specimen of H. rufescens was

taken with them, and Mr. Richardson pointed out that the meat

in H. rufescens is light while in the supposed H. ponderosa it is

dark. This difference may prove to have greater taxonomic

significance than any of the purely conchological features.

Although there were no bJack abalones in Mr. Richardson's

donation, perhaps a few observations on the nomenclatorial

vicissitudes through which this species has passed may not be

considered out of place at this time. Formerly two species of

blacks were recognized, H. cracherodii Leach, in which the per-

forations are variable in size and irregularly placed, both with

respect to their common locus as well as to each other, and H.

calif orniensis SAvainson in which the perforations are placed with

geometrical precision. The latter has a significantly greater

number of perforations, but the ranges of variation of the two

overlap. Recently Bartsch - has united the two in a single

species on the ground that specimens from San Bonita {sic, error

for San Benito) Islands form perfect intergrades connecting the

two. Personalh^ I concur in this conclusion, but for a different

reason.

Occasionally specimens of black abalone are found which are

completely imperforate. Since the two recognized species differ

only in the nature of the perforations it follows that imperforate

specimens might be referred with equal propriety to either

species. If two species are admitted two corresponding varieties

would have to be recognized, each of which would be entitled to

a name, although the two would be absolutely indistinguishable.

Since there are no criteria of taxonomic value other than the per-

forations, this anomaly can be avoided only by uniting the two

species or by giving separate specific rank to the imperforate

form.

1 Proc. U. S. N. M., V. 89, p. 52, pi. 7, 1940.

2 Loc. cit., p. 55.

January, 1951] the nautilus 93

The first record of the imperforate form seems to have been

made by Kelsey ^ who referred to it as a freak and gave it no

name, though he subsequently told me that he considered it a

legitimate variety. Mr. Kelsey obtained his single specimen

from Mr. Frank X. Holzner, the game warden of San Diego

County, who kept a curio store on the site of the present Crystal

Palace Building in San Diego, who in turn found it in a ship-

ment of shells from Ensenada. I was in Mr. Holzner 's store

when he found the shell and gave it to Mr. Kelsey, and can

certify to the accuracy of the latter 's statement that it was

devoid of holes and had no indication of any intention in that

direction.

Later Hemphill * described an imperforate variety which he

called H. cracherodii holzneri. Although he declared that

Kelsey 's specimen belonged to this variety inspection of Hemp-

hill's three cotypes now in the collection of the San Diego

Society of Natural History reveals conclusively that this was not

the case. Hemphill's specimens are all pathological monstros-

ities. The black abalone, unlike the other species, sometimes

lives on cobble stones, and, in conforming to the surface of the

cobbles the shell becomes distorted, so that the aperture is

curved in three dimensions. If the cobbles are rolled about as

the result of wave action during a storm, the abalones adhering

to them will be exposed to the risk of fracture, and since the

locus of the perforations is structurally the weakest part of the

shell it is here that the fracture is most likely to occur. If then

the mollusk succeeds in salvaging the fragments of its covering by

cementing them together with a fresh deposit of calcareous matter

the perforations may become obliterated. This is quite ob-

viously what happened with Hemphill's types. There is a well

pronounced scar where the holes used to be, and consequently his

name lacks taxonomic significance.

Later, Dall ^ described the normally imperforate form as H.

cracherodii imperforata and still later he figured it.^ (In-

cidentally his figure is not the original specimen found by Mr.

3 Nautilus, V. 18, p. 67, 1904.

4 Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 1, no. 2, p. 4, 1907.

5 Proc. U. S. N. M., V. 56, p. 370, 1919.

6 Bull. U. S. N. M., 112, p. 184, pi.

94 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Holzner and given to Mr. Kelsey, but the description fits it

closely. I do not know what became of Mr. Kelsey's shell.)

In the latter publication, Dall recognized Hemphill's name and

so evidenced his belief that there were two imperforate forms,

one normal and the other pathological, and the fact that the

specimen which he figured as H. c. holzneri is obviously not that

form does not vitiate this interpretation. Ball's name cannot be

used as there was a prior Haliotis imperforata of Gmelin, 1791

(Syst. Nat., ed. 13, I, p. 3690), now known to be a synonym of

Stomatia phymotis Helbling.^ On account of this preoccupation

of the name imperforata Finlay ^ renamed this form H. c. lusiis

and this seems to be the correct name by which it will be know^n.

The thought sometimes expressed that the normally imperforate

variation is unworthy of a separate name is, I think, not well

taken, for surely the complete absence of perforations should be

accorded as much taxonomic significance as variations in their

number, size, or position.

There are several other well recognizable varieties of black

abalone, but the discussion of their validity must be deferred

until more material is at hand.

A NEW VARIETY OF SUCCINEA FROM JAPAN

By GORDON K. MACMILLAN

Carnegie Museum

SucciNEA LAUTA SPHAERICA var. nov. PI. 5, fig. 3.

Shell ovate, quite globose, dark amber colored, thin, fragile,

pellucid; periostracum shining, minutely wrinkled obliquely,

rougher towards aperture, with a malleated appearance; spiral

striae weak, more prominent towards the suture ; suture mod-

erately impressed ; spire very small, not prominent, not pointed ;

whorls 31/2, rounded, last very large, expanded, and inflated;

aperture oval, very large, expanded, slightly oblique at the

outer margin, parietal wall and columellar margin with a slight

callus deposit; peristome acute, simple, thin; columella thin,

sharp, narrowed. Height 24.1 mm. ; breadth 14.6 mm.

7 I am indebted to the late Mr. E. G. Vanatta for this information.

8 Trans. New Zealand Inst., v. 57, p. 492, 1927.

January, 1951] the nautilus 95

Type Locality: Tobi Shima, Ugo, Japan. Holotype: Carnegie

Museum No. 62.39794, Section of Invertebrates. Paratypes:

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia No. 84867 and

Carnegie Museum No. 62.15753 and No. 62.39795, Section of

Invertebrates.

The measurements of the paratypes in the collection of the

Carnegie Museum and the Academy of Natural Sciences are as

follows: Height: 19.8-24 mm. Breadth: 11.8-14.5 mm.

S. I. sphaerica is a much more globose shell than S. lauta;

the spire is blunter, the whorls of which do not form a pointed

apex; the surface of the shell is more coarsely sculptured and

more malleated towards the aperture; the whorls are rounder;

and the aperture is much more rounded and expanded.

This new variety is apparently Sicccinea lauta var. that Dr.

W. Kobelt mentions and figures in ''Fauna Molluscorum Extra-

marinorum Japoniae," 1879, p. 102, pi. 7, fig. 21b. It is Suc-

cinea lauta Gould from Tobishima, Ugo, in Y. Hirase, ''The

Conchological Magazine," vol. 3, No. 3, March 1909, p. 21, and

Succinea lauta Gould (var.), specimen number 1044, from To-

bishima, Ugo, on page 22 of "The First Additional Catalogue

of the Land Shells of Japan to be had of Y. Hirase," 1908.

Daniel B. Langford in his article "Hunting Eulota (Karafto-

helix) fiscina Fulton, in Saghalien" (Naut., 41, 1927, 40)

mentions Succinea lauta karaftoensis Pilsbry, which had been

collected on decaying logs and stumps and under bark at

Ichinosaw^a, Kiminai, and Kawakami on Saghalien Island. Dr.

Pilsbry informs me that it is of more slender shape than S.

lauta or 8. lauta sphaerica.

Tobi Shima is a small island situated about nine miles west

of Kisakato in the Province of Ugo on the Island of Honshu.

At present Succinea lauta has been collected at the following

localities in Japan :

Tokyo, Saitama, Honshu Island

Nikko, Totshigi, Honshu Island

Sotakaifumura, Sado Island

Hakodate, Hakodate, Hokkaido Island

Kigokawa, Ojima, Hokkaido Island

Nishigo, Uzen, Honshu Island

Sapporo, Sapporo, Hokkaido Island

96 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Of these records, the shells from Sado Island and Uzen Pro-

vince are the closest to Tobi Shima and which are south and

southwest of this locality. Since specimens of S. lauta have

also been collected from Hakodate, Hokkaido Island, which is

north of Tobi Shima, there is the possibility that lauta exists

in the intervening territory, and it is on this assumption that

sphaerica has been made a variety of that species.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE FOREIGN SNAILS

OF LOUISIANA

By HAEOLD W. HAREY

After I had submitted previous notes on this subject (Nau-

tilus, 62: 1, pp. 20-24, July 1948), several additional data came

to light. Chance alone accounts for the finding of Taylor's

(1899) report of Limax flavus in North Louisiana. The ob-

scurity of the ''Gulf Fauna and Flora Bulletin," only three

numbers of volume one having appeared, may allow a brief

summary of his article.

Having observed this slug over a period of several years,

Taylor pronounced it the most abundant mollusk at Ruston.

Oviposition was reported from February to December, with pos-

sibly more than one generation per year. During an unusually

severe freeze of 1898-99 he thawed these slugs from ice and found

them viable, and slugs under boards buried in the snow were

crawling about. Dryness was found to be a more important

limiting factor than cold. At the turn of the century, L. flavus

was considered a pest, as contaminants of the open wells which

were then the chief source of drinking water in the area. If

not quickly removed, those which fell into the water rotted and

produced obnoxious odors ; this often necessitated bailing out

the well, and in some cases its abandonment. Taylor suggested

that the presence of slugs in the water might lead to disease.

As remedial measures he proposed removing all moisture-retain-

ing rubbish from about the well, using tar, sand, salt, ashes or

sawdust as barrier-irritants, and keeping a few ducks about to

eat the sluers ; chickens found them distasteful.

January, 1951] the nautilus 97

In the same publication Frierson (1899) lists 53 mollusks from

Desoto Parish, and comments, ^ ' Professor Taylor also sent several

examples of Limax flavus from Ruston, La. ... I have not seen

any as yet in DeSoto Parish, though it follows the railroad like

the English Sparrow." On Christmas Day of 1949 I found

several immature examples of L. flavus in a vacant lot of the

little village of Frierson, DeSoto Parish, w^hich was founded by

the family of the Louisiana conchologist (see Strecker, 1929.)

Eggs of this slug containing well developed embryos w^ere found

at Shreveport in February 1945 and December 1949.

In June, 1948, Dr. Richard Stone gave me examples of Limax

marginatus Miiller which he had collected in an overgrown vacant

lot near King's Highway and Line Avenue in Shreveport. Later

that year he found it in other localities in the general vicinity.

Specimens have been submitted to Dr. W. 0. Gregg for verifica-

tion, and are deposited in his collection. Though I searched in

the same vacant lot where this species was first taken by Dr.

Stone, I was unable to find any specimens in December, 1949, and

conclude that it is probably rare.

Bradyhaena similaris is apparently much more widely dis-

tributed in New Orleans than I had previously know^n. Later

I found it in Audubon Park, and in several gardens widely

separated in that city.

Whether Folygyra texasiana (Moricand) is an imported snail

in some parts of Louisiana, as I suggested in the earlier note, is

questionable. I have lately examined material labeled P. tex-

asiana and P. triodo7itoides in the Museum of Zoology, University

of Michigan, also several lots which Mr. E. L. Krinitzsky has

recently taken in Louisiana, and some unsorted material of my

own collecting. These lots include the following localities:

DeSoto Parish (five lots, probably all obtained and distributed

by Frierson) ; drift material from the Red River at Montgomery,

Grant Parish (A. A. Olson) ; Alexandria, Rapides Parish (W. J.

Clench) ; near Bayou Pierre in Shreveport and at Forbing, Caddo

Parish (H. W. Harry) ; New Orleans, a vacant lot below Jackson

Square (H. W. Harry, 1941) ; also the specimens taken by Mike

Wright, in ''Orleans Parish," and cited by Goodrich (Nautilus,

53, p. 105) ; South of the Old Capitol in Baton Rouge (H. W.

Harry, 1941, 1947) ; Near the lake in Lake Charles, Calcasieu

98 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

Parish (H. W. Harry, 1941) ; flood plain of the Cane River at

Natchitoches, Natchitoches Parish (E. L. Krinitzsky, 1948) ;

along- the Mississippi River at Hard Scrabble Bend, Tensas

Parish (E. L. Krinitzsky, 1948).

All these lots show the labial teeth to be variable in separation,

but usually rather widely spaced, so that in no instance is the

interdenticular sinus deeper than wide. Yet some of the spec-

mens from Tensas Parish, though obviously bleached, retain

sufficient color to show a peripheral maroon band. The recogni-

tion of two species of this variable complex in Louisiana seems

without justification, at least until more distinctive characters

are ellucidated than the relative ones of the shell.

Having read Pilsbry's account (1948) of Deroceras retic-

ulatum 1 rechecked available specimens of Deroceras from the

lower Mississippi valley to see if any might be referred to that

species. Preserved slugs from the following localities were

examined: Louisiana State University Campus, Baton Rouge

(E. B. Prince, 12 March 1950) ; 10 Miles south of Shreveport,

Caddo Parish (Dec. 1949) ; Frierson, DeSoto Parish (Christmas,

1949; very common with the L. flavics cited above) ; 13 Miles

North of Holly Springs, Marshall Co., Miss. (2 April 1949) ;

Rankin Co., 4 Miles east of Jackson, Miss. (4 April 1949) ;

Crystal Springs, Copiah Co., Miss. (4 April 1949) ; 4.6 Miles

east of Greenwood, Carroll Co., Miss. (3 April 1949). Except

for the Baton Rouge specimens, all lots were collected by me.

They were taken under detritus in vacant lots and along road-

sides, ideal situations for the presence of D. reticulatum or other

tourist snails.

Many examples of large size (25 mm. long, preserved) were

noted in the field. The color is usually almost black on the

mantle and postdorsal areas, though motled gray on the lateral

and anterior portions. A few specimens vary to light gray or

tan. The tail is sharply keeled for a short distance at the tip,

and always prominently truncate in preserved material. The

pneumostomal area is the color of the mantle, or sometimes shows

a stellate area of lighter shade, but never is this region as light

or as extensive as I have seen it in some D. reticulatiim from

January, 1951] the nautilus 99

Michigan. When dropped into alcohol, the slugs produced

moderate amounts of an opaque, white, strongly adhesive slime.

Examination of the internal anatomy discredits their being D.

reticulatum, and I can only conclude they are all Deroceras laeve

(Miiller), as Pilsbry (1948) describes this species. All lack a

rectal caecum, and have the ovotestis deeply imbedded in the

anterior part of the posterior liver lobe, not evident on the

periphery of the visceral mass. Though only one to three spec-

imens from each station were examined, all are aphallate. A

specimen from Crystal Springs, Miss., and another from 10 Mi.

south of Shreveport show a small, subspherical appendage on the

lower reproductive duct, near the atrium, which may be an

Anlage of the penis. Some of the Mississippi specimens were

found ovipositing; three specimens from near Batesville (Panola

Co., Miss., 3 April 1949) were clustered together with extended

genitalia, but unfortunately these slugs were lost. In 1941 I

examined phallate specimens of D. laeve from East Baton Rouge

Parish which agree with the external characters outlined above ;

however, data on the season of collecting the specimens is lacking.

Preliminary examination of the radulae of specimens from all

cited stations revealed no salient differences among themselves

nor from D. reticulatum from Missaukee Co., Michigan, which

was dissected for comparison. All agree with Vanatta's drawing

of the radula of D. laeve from Isle Royal, Mich. (Pilsbry 1948,

p. 540, fig. 289D).

Representatives of Limax, Deroceras and Polygyra mentioned

herein are on deposit at the Museum of Zoology, University of

Michigan.

References

Frierson, L. S. 1899. A contribution to a knowledge of the

mollusca of Louisiana, as found in the Parish of DeSoto.

GuK Fauna and Flora Bulletin, 1(3) :74-80. Ruston, La.,

F. T. Grayson, printer.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land mollusca of North America, 2 : 2.

Strecker, J. K. 1929. Lorraine Screven Frierson, a Southern

Conchologist. Contrib. from Baylor Univ. Museum, 21 :

1-12, 1 portrait.

Taylor, W. Edgar. 1899. The common slug, Limax flavus, as

a nuisance. Gulf Fauna and Flora Bulletin, 1(3) : 69-73.

100

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (3)

THE MOLLUSKS OF DAUPHIN COUNTY,

PENNSYLVANIA

By ROBEET a. HEILMAN

Dauphin County is a land area of 521 square miles situated

in southeastern Pennsylvania. The southern end of the county

lies within the Piedmont Province while the remaining and

larger portion of the county lies within the Appalachian Valley

Province. This county is drained by many small creeks which

empty into the Susquehanna River, the western boundary of

Dauphin County. Its forests are chiefly deciduous, although

there are some large stands of evergreens.

The field work which forms the basis of this report was done

mostty in the area lying between the Second Mountain and the

Conewago Creek. This region might well be termed the Swatara

Valley since the Swatara Creek provides the major drainage

source for this region. The soil of this valley is rich in lime-

stone and calcareous shales and has been extensively developed

by man agriculturally and industrially with the result that

many of the natural habitats favorable to a molluscan popula-

tion have been destroyed or depleted.

Throughout this section of Dauphin County, a total of 49 dif-

ferent forms of mollusks was collected, representing 17 families

and 29 genera. The list of species follows :

Triodopsis tridentata (Say)

T. tridentata juxtidens

(Pilsbry)

Mesodon alholahris (Say)

"M. thyroidus (Say)

Haplotrema concavum (Say)

Ventridens ligerus (Say)

*V. suppressus (Say)

Retinella hinneyana (Morse)

R. hurringtoni (Pilsbry)

R. wheatleyi (Bland)

R. indentata (Say)

Hawaiia minu^cula (A.

Binney)

Zonitoides arhoreus (Say)

^Anguispira alternata (Saj-)

A. alternata angulata P. & V.

Biscxis cronTihitei (Newcomb)

J), cronkhitei catskillensis

(Pilsbry)

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)

Succinea ovalis (Say)

Pupoides alhilahris (Ward)

Vallonia pulchella (Miiller)

Deroceras laeve (Miiller)

T). rcticulatum (Miiller)

Philomycus carol in ia nns

fexuolaris (Raf.)

Pseiidosuccinea columella

(Say)

* The species indicated by an asterisk were previously reported from

Dauphin County by Charles B. Wurtz in "New State and County Kecords

of Land-Snails in Pennsylvania,'' The Nautilus, Vol. 53, No. 3, 1940.

January, 1951

THE NAUTILUS

101

Stagnicola emarginata (Say)

Fossaria ohrussa peninsulae

(Walker)

F. modicella rustica (Lea)

F. exigim (Lea)

F. parva (Lea)

Helisoma anceps (Menke)

H. campanulatum (Say)

Gyravlus parvus (Say)

G. deflect us (Say)

Physa heterostropha (Say)

P. gyrina (Say)

Ferrissia rivularis (Say)

Campeloma decisa (Say)

Goniohasis virginica (Gmelin)

Anculosa carinata (Brug.)

Elliptio complanatus

(Dillwyn)

Alasmidonta marginata sus-

quehannae Ortmann

Sphaerium sulcatum

(Lamarck)

S. solidulum (Prime)

S. striatinum (Lamarck)

Pisidium dubium (Say)

P. compressum Prime

P. abditum Haldeman

Of particular significance is the absence of any representa-

tion of the genus Stenotrema. Despite a diligent search on each

field trip, the stenotremas were not to be found, although they

should occur in Dauphin County according to known distribu-

tional facts.

The presence of Alasmidonta marginata susquehannae Ort-

mann in the Conewago Creek south of Hershey, Pennsylvania,

constitutes a new locality record for this species, and indicates

a southward extension of the range of this species. This species

has also been taken from the Swatara Creek southeast of Bethel

in Berks County, which is also a new locality record.

This paper is only a preliminary report on the molluscan

fauna of Dauphin County and additional field work is expected

to yield many additional species from this county.

Mr. Gordon K. MacMillan of the Carnegie Museum, and H. B.

Herrington rendered invaluable assistance in the identification

of the material from Dauphin County and the author here

acknowledo^es his indebtedness to each.

NOTES AND NEWS

Menetus coloradoensis F. C. Baker in Wyoming. — A few

specimens of this lately described and apparently rare species

were taken by me July 30, last year, in Yellowstone National

Park, Midway Geyser Basin, in a lily pond off Firehole River.

It is a new record for Wyoming. — Dorothy E. Beetle.

Hirsute Polygyra mooreana (W. G. B.). — The presence of

hairs on some examples of this species, first noticed by Strecker,

102 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

was doubted by Pilsbry (Vol. 1, p. 624 of the Land Mollusca of

N.A.) ; but specimens taken by me at Hueco Springs, Comal Co.,

Texas; also some from Hwy. 237, just north of Warrenton,

Fayette Co., Texas, under logs by side of road; now in my col-

lection and that of the A.N.S. Phila., show many scattered hairs

on the upper and peripheral surfaces. — Jack H. McLellan.

ViviPARUs coNTECTOiDEs IN New York City. — Recently, a

member of the New York Shell Club reported finding Vivipariis

contectoides W. G. B. in Central Park Lake, New York City.

The President of the Club, Mr. Morris K. Jacobson, found that

Vivipara contectoides was not reported before in New York City,

or vicinity. It is not mentioned in any known lists of New York

land and fresh water shells.

1. ''Cat. of Moll, of Staten Island," Hubbard & Smith, Ann.

Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., voL 8, no. 4-5, pp. 151-154 (1865).

2. ''Report on Moll, of L. I., New York, and its Dependencies,"

Smith & Prime, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. IX, pp.

377-407 (1870).

3. Bull. Brooklyn Conchological Club, vol. 1, no. 1., November,

1907.

4. "Fauna of New England," 13. "List of the Mollusca," C.

W. Johnson, Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (1915).

Twenty-five Vivipara contectoides were found in June, 1949.

Also a recent search located four dead shells at the same spot

(November, 1950) showing there must be some of them still

growing in Central Park Lake. — Dorothy D. Freas.

Pallifera secreta (Cockerell). — In the latter part of June,

1950 I collected three specimens of a small Pallifera on mush-

rooms in the beech woods on the side of Roan Mtn., a half

mile southeast of Carvers Gap, Mitchell Co., North Carolina, at

an altitude of about 5000 ft. These slugs were small, about one-

half inch long, gray-blue without spots, and were obviously im-

mature. Although they did not have the spots mentions in

Cockerell's description it seemed that they could be no other

species than Pallifera secreta.

During the middle of September I again visited Roan Mtn.

and stopped at the same locality. Three hours of leaf raking

resulted in the finding of a series of about twenty specimens

of all ages. The adults differed from the immature in being

January, 1951] the nautilus 103

lavender-brown in color. Two specimens had scattered small

round black spots on the forward half of the mantle. Adults

were 25 to 30 mm. in length when fully extended.

Three adult specimens were opened. The penis was very long,

being about two-thirds the length of the body, and coiled in

two loops, slightly swollen at the tip but not containing the

fleshy body found in P. marmorea Pils. The spermathecal duct

and oviduct were very slender.

In three specimens of P. hemphilli (W. G. B.), measuring

40 mm. in length preserved in alcohol, collected the same day

at Roan High Bluff, the penis was short, about one-fourth the

length of the animal, the end third bent at a right angle and

greatly inflated, and without internal protuberences. — Leslie

HUBRICHT.

The use of infra-subspecific names in Doctor de la Torre ^s

essay on Polymita, reviewed in this number, will be of interest

to specialists in nomenclature, as it is in accordance with the

action of the International Commission on Zoological Nomencla-

ture at Paris in August 1948 to add to the Regies or Rules a

special nomenclatorial status for names given to infrasubspecific

forms (e.g., aberrant, color, seasonal, male and other forms be-

low the category of subspecies). The official proposal has been

published in detail in the Bull. Zool. Nomen., vol. 3, paper

I.e. (48) 9, pp. 55-68, 1950, and its provisions are expected to

become effective on Jan. 1, 1951. It will also be retroactive.

The Rules will provide that a name given to any inf ra-suspecific

form shall be co-ordinate with the name given to any other infra-

subspecific form but not with names of subspecies and species.

If a name originally published as an infra-subspecific form is

elevated to subspecific or specific rank, it shall rank from the

date on which it was so elevated and shall be attributed to the

author by whom it was so elevated. In a change in the opposite

direction, however (subspecies to an infra-subspecies), the name

shall retain its original priority and author. Dr. de la Torre's

names are clearly defined as infra-subspecific, but there are many

doubtful cases in earlier publications, and it appears that some

strange name-changing is in store for us. There are other cases

which involve micro-races (or sub-species) such as Pilsbry's

** varieties" of Liguus which are not comparable to individual

variations or aberrations.

104 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

These infra-subspecific names were formerly merely latinized

descriptive terms, but now they become valid taxonomic units.

The geneticists have wisely used vernacular terms for their infra-

subspecific forms of the fruit fly, Drosophila, such as ''white

eye," "forked bristle," and so forth. The flood gates will soon

be open to those who must give a latinized name to everything

they see, and we can foresee a host of new names not only in

Polymita but in many marine groups. It will be interesting

to see how long professional workers will refrain from plunging

us into a new taxonomic era which will justify the existence of

nomenclatorial experts for many centuries to come. — R. Tucker

Abbott.

Two NEW MOLLUSCAN RECORDS FROM THE NeW YoRK AREA. —

In a projected revision of the molluscan fauna of New York

City and vicinity, the New York Shell Club is happy to be able

to list two records. The first is the presence of Avion suhfuscus

Draparnaud at Douglaston, Long Island. This slug was found

on the Club's first field trip on May 15, 1949, but was not

identified as suhfuscus until it was dissected by Mr. Charles

Bruce Lee of the University of Michigan. This determination

was later verified by Dr. Aurele LaRoque of Ohio University.

We are greatly indebted to these two gentlemen for their cour-

tesy and efforts in our behalf. It is interesting to note that

this importation from Europe was found living with a large

colony of that other foreigner, Cepaea nemoralis (Muller).

In a letter of January 12, 1950 our member Mr. Leroy Wilcox

of Speonk, Long Island, reported the presence of a Helisoma at

Flander which was identified as H. trivolvis marshalli F. C.

Baker by Dr. Harald A. Rehder of the National Museum. This

is probably the first definitely localized record of this subspecies

from New York. The type locality is Washington, D. C.

The same gentleman reported on June 6, 1950, that Mr.

Latham of Orient, Long Island, wrote him in February of the

discovery of a living six and one-half inch specimen of Barnea

costata taken at Orient. This is the first record known to me

of such a find on Long Island, although the farthest north

record for this species alive is still the one published by Gould in

the Invert eh rata of Massachusetts, p. 37, of the colony discovered

in 1845 at New Bedford. — Morris K. Jacobson.

January, 1951] the nautilus 105

Another Mytilus hermaphrodite. — In 1941, I described in

this journal ^ a case of hermaphroditism in Mytilivs calif or-

nianiis, with partial bilaterality of the sex organs. In an ex-

amination of several hundred additional specimens of this spe-

cies, I have found another case ; in this one the bilaterality being

complete. The specimen was first seen emitting sperm, and was

hence identified as a male. Soon thereafter, it was seen deposit-

ing eggs, and the former identification was attributed to error.

Subsequently it was observed ejecting eggs from the (right)

oviduct and sperm from the (left) spermiduct.- Dissection

verified this observation. The left mantle lobe, from which all,

or most of the sperm had been deposited, was colored a deep

brick-red by carotenoid pigment, while the right lobe, which still

contained some eggs, was dull brown. This pigment occurs

abundantly also in the eggs, and some of it was undoubtedly

present in the ovarian mantle lobe, but of insufficient amount to

color the mantle deeph^ The eggs and sperm were kept over-

night in the battery jar in which they were deposited, and

aerated, and the following day the jar contained a vast number

of active larvae. — R. T. Young, La Jolla, California.^

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Mollusques testaces marins de la cote occidentale d'Afri-

QUE. (Manuels ouest-Africains, vol. 2.). By Maurice Nickles.

269 pp., 484 figs. Paul Lechavalier, 12, rue de Tournon, Paris

6e. 2800 francs (paper covers). 1950. — This manual of the

marine shells of the west coast of Africa gives artificial keys to

the genera, and ranges, brief descriptions and good pen-and-ink

figures of the principal species. The generic nomenclature and

arrangement mainly follow Thiele's ''Handbuch." A rather

unique feature is a glossary of Latin names. Although written

especially for the ''Colonists of west and equatorial Africa,"

11941, Naut. 54: 90-91.

2 Both I. A. Field, 1922, Bull. U. S. Bureau of Fish., 38 : 127-259, and

K. M. White, 1937 " Mytilus, '* University Press, Liverpool, describe the

sex ducts in M. edulis as opening on a common papilla, but in M. cali-

fornianus they open separately.

3 I am indebted to Dr. H. U. Sverdrup, Director of the Scripps Institu-

tion of Oceanography, for the privileges of the Institution during this

study.

106 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

the book will be of assistance to conehologists everywhere. —

H. B. B.

Egg capsules and development of some marine prosobranchs

FROM TROPICAL West Africa. Atlantide Report No. 1. Co-

penhagen, 1950. — The capsules, veligers or embryonic shells of

many species of Crepidula, Natica, Murex, Marginella, Neritay

Conus, and other genera are described and figured. ** Broadly

speaking, it can be stated that prosobranch eggs with a diameter

of about 400/x [.4 mm.] or more will have their pelagic stage

suppressed, thus having a non-pelagic development. On the

other hand, egg diameters less than 200/^ will in most cases give

pelagic development. There are however exceptions, especially

in species which have nurse eggs." The subject has not had

much attention on our shores, and this paper may serve to

stimulate an interesting study, of importance also in relation

to dispersal. H. A. P.

New York Shell Club Notes, No. 3, Sept. 1950, is a mime-

ographed 5 page leaflet containing reports of field trips and other

activities of the Club. An interesting contribution to the history

of former shell clubs by the Secretary, Dorthy D. (Mrs. Allen

L.) Freas, gives an account of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn

Conchological Club, 1907. This short-lived club was one of

several forerunners of the AMU.

The land snails of West Virginia (Ann. Carnegie Mus., 31 :

89-238, pis. 1-15, 1949) . By Gordon K. MacMillan.— A valuable

contribution to the knowledge of the distribution of the land

snails of West Virginia. The author has compiled an impressive

list of records of occurrence that is perhaps unequalled for any

other state. Mesodon thyroidus for example is listed from 111

localities. Of particular help to local students are the descrip-

tions of each species which are drawn for the most part from

the original descriptions. With few exceptions the figures

composing the fifteen plates are excellent. (PI. 13, figs. 3-4 are

of Gastrodonta fonticula rather than G. interna as indicated.)

It is hard to understand why the author used only the shell as

a basis of classification as it results in some peculiar anomalies.

Triodopsis alholahris and Allogona profundus are thus included

in Mesodon. Even using conchological characters alone the se-

quence of Helicinidae, Cionellidae, Ilaplotrematidae, Pomatiop-

January, 1951] the nautilus 107

sidae is not logical. The intermingling of Prosobranchiata and

Pulmonata must have been an oversight. This paper will be a

genuine aid to students of the snails of West Virginia. — Charles

B. WURTZ.

El genero Polymita. [The genus Polymita.] By Carlos de

la Torre y Huerta. Memorias Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ''Felipe

Poey," vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 1-20, pis. 1-11. August 25, 1950. (Pub-

lished posthumously with a preface by Isabel P. Farfante.) — The

lifelong study of the Cuban genus, Polymita Beck 1837, by Dr. de

la Torre, has been published with a magnificent set of colored

plates depicting nearly 200 shells and animals in their natural

colors. This work should prove welcome to the many amateurs

interested in this popular and colorful group. The text is in

English and Spanish. To future scientific workers interested in

speciation and geographical distribution, the illustrations will be

an invaluable tool. It is surprising into how few pages the au-

thor was able to condense the wealth of information at his

command. Six new subspecies and a new subgenus {Oligomita)

are described and figured, and 31 infra-subspecific varieties are

illustrated without description. The name P. muscarum Lea,

1834, is used instead of P. glohulosa Ferussac, 1820, despite the

fact that the latter is not preoccupied by glohulosa Benz (in C.

H. de Zieten) 1832 or Wood 1828. Future workers on this

genus will have to contend with the decision of 1948 on the

invalidity of the infra-subspecific forms which are introduced

by name and figure only. The infra-subspecific varieties of

versicolor, proposed by Beck in 1837 (Index Moll., p. 45), appear

to be valid, however, since they appeared before 1930. The form

minor on Torre's plate 10, figs. 6, 9, 10 should be credited to

Beck, or if credited to Torre, then considered a homonym.

Beck's infra-subspecific form major is also valid, but students of

Polymita will have to ascertain to which form it applies. Stu-

dents who exchanged with Dr. de la Torre may now revise their

collections and eliminate a number of manuscript names which

were not employed in the final draft of this paper. — R. Tucker

Abbott.

EsTUDio anat6mico del genero Polymita Beck. [An An-

atomical Study of the Genus Polymita Beck.] By Abelardo

Moreno. Memorias Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ''Felipe Poey," vol.

108 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (3)

20, no. 1, pp. 21-35, pis. 12-22. 1950.— A very thorough and

well-illustrated study is presented of the genitalia of the six

known species of Polymita and of several of their subspecies and

infra-subspecific forms. Micro-photographs are given of cross-

sections of the dart sac in one species. Valid differences in the

anatomy are indicated at least at the species level. — R. Tucker

Abbott.

Speciation in ancient lakes. By John Langdon Brooks.

The Quarterly Preview of Biology, 25: 30-60, 131-176, many

text figures. 1950. — There is an extensive literature on specia-

tion through isolation by topographic, climatic, ecologic or other

barriers on land areas, but the problem of the evolution of flocks

of allied species in lakes is more involved. This attempt at a

solution is based upon all of the aquatic life but chiefly upon

the small Crustacea and to some extent on the Mollusca and other

animals and plants. The author relies mainly upon late geo-

logical action such as : 1, subdivision of the lake into large basins

with subsequent amalgamation. 2, formation of small peripheral

lakes with subsequent reincorporation. 3, long coastline with

large, ecologically isolated stretches. During the isolations the

populations would undergo genetic changes often of sufficient

magnitude to effect reproductive isolation when the geographic

isolation breaks down. — H. A. P.

Illustrated glossary of Gastropoda, Scaphopoda, Amphi-

NEURA. By Beatrice LaRue Burch. Minutes 105, Conchologi-

cal Club of Southern California. 55 pages. 111 figures. $1.50.

1950. — This careful glossary should be of great help in the un-

derstanding of technical terms, especially of those of the shell.

But the addition of a ''d" to adjectives ending in *'ate," etc.,

should be avoided; e.g., coronate (ex coronatus, meaning

crowned) not ''coronated" (crowneded) ; also umbilicate, not

* * umbilicated. " As is not surprising, when one considers the con-

flicting usages and the superfluity of synonyms, the definitions

of the soft parts do not attain quite the same excellence. In-

cidentally, Hendersonia, although pulmonate (developing a

lung), is an aberrant genus of the Prosobranchia (Rhipidoglossa)

and has little in common with the pulmonate moUusks (Pul-

monata). — H. B. B.

The Nautilus

Vol. 64 APRIL, 1951 No. 4

A NEW CARIBBEAN MOLLUSK

By H. a. PILSBEY and A. A. OLSSON

Chione (Chioxopsis) pinchoti, new species. Plate 9, figs. 7, 8.

Shell for this group small (average length about 23 mm.),

subtrigonal, quite plump, the diameter about 60-63 percent of

the length ; inequilateral, the posterior side a little longer, bluntly

pointed at the end. The color is white throughout, or the lunula

and escutcheon may be chestnut-brown or with flamules of that

color on the escutcheon. Surface sculpture is elegant, formed by

numerous (about 20 to 23) narrow, nearly equally spaced low

concentric lamellae with radial riblets or cords in their inter-

spaces, a pattern roughly similar to that of C. amathusia but

much finer. The detail of the sculpture is complex, but some-

what as follows : from the umbo to about a third of the height

there are low concentric ridges and simple radial riblets in their

intervals. At this point, in the middle area of the valve, the

radial riblets appear to double suddenly and a third smaller

thread is introduced in their intervals. With growth, the two

branches of the primarj^ riblets and the third intercalary attain

approximate size so that on the ventral half of an adult shell, the

surface across the middle segment is covered with small, equal,

close-set radial riblets or cords which appear also on the ventral

faces of the concentric lamellae ; the posterior area is sculptured

throughout by larger and simpler riblets. The lunule is large,

cordate, rather strongly ribbed. Escutcheon lanceolate, smooth

except for growth lines. Interior white, flushed with warm buff

towards the beak cavity. The lunular and ventral margins are

finely crenulated throughout. There is a small, moderately deep,

triangular pallial sinus.

Length 24.5 mm., height 20.5 mm., diameter 16.7 mm. Type,

fig. 8.

Length 22.3 mm., height 19 mm., diameter 14 mm. Fig. 7.

109

110 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

This small Chione was dredged in some abundance by the

senior author while on the Pinchot Expedition, in Limon Bay,

near Colon, Panama. The type and figured paratype are

187194 ANSP. Other paratypes have been deposited in the

U. S. Nat. Mus., M.C.Z., and Cal. Acad. Sci.

Although evidently this is a very common species in the recent

fauna, it has so far not shown up as fossil in the Pleistocene beds

surrounding Limon Bay, from which several mollusks were de-

scribed by Dall and Pilsbry.

The small size of this species recalls certain Miocene forms such

as Chione walli Guppy from Trinidad, C paraquanensis Hodson

from Venezuela and C. propinqua Spieker from Peru.

Chionopsis Olsson ^ (type Chione amathusia Philippi), is

mainly Pacific in distribution at the present day, but with numer-

ous fossil species in the Caribbean-West Indian region. It dif-

fers from typical Chione (type C. cancellata L.), by its thinner,

more inflated shell, the well crenulated lunular margin, deeper

pallial sinus and certain hinge characteristics. Gnidiella

Parker- (type Venus gnidia Brod. & Sby.), is a synonym of

Chionopsis.

NEW DEEP-WATER OLIVELLAS FROM FLORIDA,

WITH NOTES ON THE O. JASPIDEA-

NIVEA COMPLEX '

By R. tucker ABBOTT

Associate Curator, U. S. National Museum

Recent dredgings made off Miami and Key Largo by Messrs.

F. M. Baj'er and Gilbert L. Voss on the University of Miami

Biological Laboratories launch "Megalopa" have brought to

light two small species of Olivella, which apparently have not

been described. These two species were also represented abund-

antly in the numerous dredging hauls of J. B. Henderson's yacht,

1 Olsson, a. a., 1932, The Peruvian miocene. Bulls, Amer. Paleontology,

vol. 19, p. 111.

- Parker, P., 1949. Fossil and recent species of the pelecypod genera

Chione and Seeurella from the Pacific Coast. Jour, of Pal., vol. 23, no. 6,

p. 582.

1 Published by permission of the Smithsonian Institution.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 111

''Eolis." I am appending to these descriptions a few remarks

to clarify the identities of 0. watermani McGinty, 0. jaspidea

(Gmelin), 0. nivea (Gmelin) and 0. mutica (Say).

Olivella bayeri, new species. Plate 7, figs. 2a-b.

Description. — Adults 6 to 9 mm. in length, elongate, rather

thin, glossy, translucent with faint brown markings, and with

4 to 5 whorls. Nuclear whorl of one revolution, large, moderately

bulbous, glassy-smooth, translucent, and separated from the post-

nuclear whorls by a fine, axial line. Postnuclear whorls 3 to 4,

slightly convex, smooth, translucent, clear tan in live specimens

to milky white in dead specimens. Suture distinct, deeply and

finely canaliculate. Most of the channeling is on the inner edge

of the top of the whorl, although there is a small amount of con-

cave etching against the side of the preceding whorl. Aperture

elongate to lanceolate, about 6/10 the total length of the shell,

narrow posteriorly, and continuous with the deep sutural chan-

nel. Outer lip thin, sharp, and projecting considerably down-

ward at its lower and outer, rounded corner. Inner lip smooth

with a very indistinct, elongate, clear-colored callus which is

thickest in specimens over 6 mm. in length. It is often micro-

scopically scratched with numerous, short, wavy, axial lines.

The area of the anal fasciole is bounded above by a finely raised

thread. The columella below this line is evenly and shallowly

S-shaped. The lower fourth of the columella is very slightly

thickened into a single, raised, rather wide, spiral plication. In

thicker specimens, there is often a tiny, weaker and narrower

plait just above. Color of anal fasciole usually white, but oc-

casionally with a spiral series of weak, brown spots. Color pat-

tern on body whorl variable, usuallj^ indistinct, with small, ir-

regular, light-brown spots just below the suture and just above

the anal fasciole thread. Sides of whorls irregularly painted

with inter-connecting streaks and flamules of light-brown. In

most specimens, especially dead ones, milky whiteness obscures

the color. Operculum thin, translucent j^ellowish, horny, sickle-

shaped to lanceolate, with smooth edges, and slightly larger than

the aperture of the shell.

The mean length of adults varies considerably in the various

dredging samples. At nine stations (from off Fowey Light south

about 30 miles to Molasses Reef, Key Largo), adults rarely ex-

ceeded 7.0 mm. in length, while the majority of 98 dredging sta-

tions, mainly ''Eolis" (from Miami to Key West) contained

adults 8.0 to 11.0 mm. in length.

112

THE NAUTILUS

Measurements in mm.

[Vol. 64 (4)

Lenjrth

9.0

11.0

3.6

7.0

7.0

Aperture

5.0X1.7

5.7X2.0

2.3X0.9

3.8X1.3

4.0X1.3

Holotype. "Eolis" Station 369

Paratype. "Eolis" Station 369

Paratype. (young) Station 369

Paratype. "Megalopa" Station 21

Paratype. "Megalopa" Station 21

Type locality. — About 3 miles off Ajax Reef, off Elliott's Key,

Lower Florida Keys, Florida. 80 to 100 fathoms. August 1917.

*'Eolis" station 369.

Types. — The holotype from the above locality is in USNM

595132. Paratypes from the same lot are in USNM 412871;

also in the Mus. Comp. Zool. (Harvard), the Academy of

Natural Sciences (Philadelphia), and the Biological Labora-

tories of the University of Miami (Florida).

Range and records. — From off Lake Worth to Key West. I

have examined and used in describing this species specimens from

105 dredging stations, but wdll list only a few: (UM = Univ.

Miami Biol. Lab. M/V ''Megalopa." F. M. Bayer, legit. July

1950). UM-14, 3 mi., 150° from Molasses Reef, off Key Largo,

73 fms.; UM-21, 3 mi., 100° from Carysfort Reef, Key Largo,

78 fms.; ^'Eolis" 174, E.N.E. off Fowev Light, Miami, 58 fms.;

^'Eolis" 302, off Sand Key, 100 fms. ; ''Eolis" 384, off Key West,

75-80 fms. The depth ranges in the 94 *'Eolis" stations were

from 25 to 118 fms., wath most larger lots occurring around

75 fms.

Remarks. — Several species approximate the characters of 0.

hayeri but none has the combination of bulbous nuclear whorls,

elongate, fragile shell, almost smooth lower columella, and semi-

translucent texture of the shell. 0. hlanesi Ford from north-

ern Cuba and the Bahamas is a shallow-w^ater species with a

completely smooth low^r columella, with a deeper, more concave

arch in the lower part of the columella and with a heavier,

more squat shell. This species is named for Frederick M.

Bayer of the United States National Museum.

Olivella moorei, new species. Plate 7, figs. la-b.

Description. — Adults 7 to 8 mm. in length, moderately elon-

gate, rather thin, glossy, translucent with bright dark-brown

April, 1951]

THE NAUTILUS

113

axial streaks, and with 4 to 5 whorls. Nuclear whorl of one

revolution, large, quite bulbous, glassy-white. Postnuclear

whorls flattish above, moderately convex below, gradually de-

scending. Sutural channel deep, very narrow; and the side of

the preceding whorl is not etched. Aperture lanceolate, con-

stricted above, wide and open below, and about 6/10 the total

length of the shell. Outer lip thin, sharp, very slightly turned

inward near the upper third, and projecting slightly downward

at its lower, outer corner. Inner lip smooth, with or without

a weak, elongate, glazed columellar callus which is often micro-

scopically scratched with fine, sharp threads. Anal fasciole

bordered above by a single, fine spiral thread. The columella

below this line has an abrupt, angular S-shaped indentation.

Base of columella swollen into a rather wide, large twisted fold.

Anal fasciole white with a few short spiral brown bars. Color

of whorls translucent with a small, solid, spiral band of light-

brown just below the suture and numerous long, wavy, axial

flammules of reddish brown on the sides. Interior of aperture

white, sometimes faintly tinted with tan. Operculum similar

to 0. hayeri. Verge in males vermiform, about as half as long

as the shell.

Measurements in mm.

Type locality. — 3 miles, 100° from Carysfort Keef, off Key

Largo, Florida. 112 fms., July, 1950. Univ. Miami Biol. Lab.

M/V, "Megalopa" station 20.

Types. — The holotype from the above locality is in USNM

no. 595133. Paratypes from the same locality in USNM

595134; also in the Mus. Comp. Zool. (Harvard), the Acad. Nat.

Sci. (Philadelphia) and the Univ. Miami Biol. Lab. (Florida).

Range and records. — Off Key Largo to Key West, 115 to 125

fms. Other paratypes from: UM-18, 6 mi., 135° from Molasses

Reef, off Kev Largo, 122 fms; UM-19, 51/2 mi., 127° from

Molasses Reef, 120 fms; off Sand Key, ''Eolis" sta. 316, 120st

fms; off Sambo Reef, ''Eolis" stations 329, 330, 331, 332, in

135, 120, 118, and 115 fms., respectivelv ; off West'n Dry Rocks,

''Eolis" sta. 341 in 144 fms; off Key West, ''Fish Hawk" sta.

7280, 132 fms.

114 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Remarks. — 0. moorei is closest to 0. strigata Reeve, 1850

from the ''West Indies," the latter, however, beinjr a larger,

much more squat species with a light-brown aperture. 0.

moorei is sometimes dredged with 0. hayeri in depths below 110

fathoms, and can be distinguished from it readil}- by the longi-

tudinal brown streaks, less elongate spire, thicker fold at the

base of the columella, and the less obvious suture. This species

is named for Dr. Hilary B. Moore of the University of Miami

Biological Laboratories.

The bathymetric ranges of the off-shore Olivella appear to be

rather distinct for each species. From the more than 100

dredging stations represented in the U. S. National Museum col-

lection, 0. nivea occurs from shore to 25 fathoms; 0. hayeri

occurs from 25 to 122 fathoms, and 0. moorei from 115 to 144

and probably deeper.

Olivella watermani McGinty. Plate 7, figs. 5a-b.

Olivella watermani McGinty, 1940, The Nautilus, vol. 54, no.

2, p. 64, pi. 3, figs. 4 and 5 (off Palm Beach, Florida).

Description. — Adults varying from 9 to 12 mm. in length,

whorls 4 to 6. Nuclear whorl smooth, glassy-white, moderately

bulbous, exserted. Sutural canal deep, not very narrow. The

wall of the preceding whorl is strongly and concavely etched

opposite the sutural canal. Upper series of plaits on columella

5 to 7, usually 5, and separated from the lower series of 4 to 5

plaits on the base of the columella by a shallow U-shaped con-

striction. On the inside of the outer lip in most specimens,

there is a series of indistinct, raised, spiral, cord-like thicken-

ings.

Range and records. — Off Palm Beach to Key West, Florida

from 28 to 100 fathoms. In the majority of the 91 dredging

stations from which we have specimens, the largest series came

from depths of 50 to 70 fathoms. One of Ball's paratypes of

Olivella jaspidea var. rotunda from off Sombrero, 72 fms., is

this species. Typical rotunda is extremely close, but seems to

differ in having a longer aperture, very bulbous callus on the

upper part of the parietal wall and in having an axial color

pattern.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 115

Olivella jaspidea (Gmelin). Plate 7, figs. 3a-b.

Voluta jaspidea Gmelin, 1792, Systema Nat. 13th ed., p. 3442,

no. 21 (refers to Lister Conch., t. 726, f. 13a and to Martini

Conch. Cab., vol. 2, t. 50, f. 556) (''in mari hispanico").

Both of the figures referred to by Gmelin are admittedly

poor, but I think the character of the color-marked anal fasciole

and the shell's general shape are sufficient to identify the name

0. jaspidea with our common West Indian species. The nuclear

whorl in Martini's figure is depicted as large, although no great

weight can be put on the accuracy of his artist. This species

is commonly confused with 0. nivea.

Description. — Adults 10 to 18 mm. in length, whorls about

5; apex hlunt; nuclear whorl large and rather bulbous, white.

Sutural channel moderately deep, narrow; without an etched

spiral indentation on the side of the preceding whorl. Surface

of shell moderately glossy, with fine axial growth lines. Plaits

on upper two-thirds of columella absent or very weak. Base of

columella with about 4 rather strong, variably-spaced plaits.

Color of shell variable, usually grayish white with small, dull

maculations of purplish brown. Fasciole colored with irregular

brown spots and bars.

Range. — Southeast Florida, south through the Antilles to

Barbados. No Bahama or Gulf of Mexico records.

A darker, more squat subspecies occurs from Curacao and

Aruba to Barbados. It is probably 0. conoidalis (Lamarck),

1811.

Oli\t:lla nr^a (Gmelin). Plate 7, figs. 4a-b.

Voluta nivea Gmelin 1792, Systema Nat., 13th ed., p. 3442, no.

22 (refers to Martini, Conch. Cab., vol. 2, t. 50, f. 558 and for

his var. B, t. 50, f. 557) (''in mari hispanico").

Martini's figure 557 is an adequate representation of our

common Florida and West Indian species, and I have seen

specimens which very closely duplicate the same color pattern.

The fasciole is colorless. Figure 558 is probably a bleached or

white specimen of this species.

Description. — Adults 10 to 25 mm. in length, whorls about

7, apex pointed, sharp; nuclear whorls small, white, tan or

purple. Sutural channel deep, fairly wide; with a strongly

116 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

concave, etched, spiral indentation on the side of the preceding

whorl. Surface of shell very glossy. Plaits on upper two thirds

of columella strong", 6 to 8. Base of columella with about 4 to

6 not too strong, variable plaits. Color of shell variable, usually

cream-white with orangish, tan or purple markings occurring

in clumps in a spiral series just below the suture and just above

the fasciole. Fasciole lacks color, except for a yellowish tint

in fresh specimens.

Range. — Bermuda, southeast Florida, the Bahamas, the Ant-

illes and the Gulf of Mexico north to Yucatan (and Texas?).

Olivella mutica (Say)

I would like to point out that Tomlin (Nautilus, 1934, vol.

48, p. 71) was probably unwise in suggesting that Porphyria

minuta Link, 1807, was an earlier name for our common eastern

species, 0. mutica Say, 1822. Link's name is based on Martini's

Conch. Cab., vol. 2, pi. 50, f. 545, which is a West Indian species.

It is much fatter than 0. mutica, with axial zigzag color lines

on the outer shell and on the inside of the inner lip, and whose

columella is cut-away or narrowed sharply at the base.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7

Fig. 1. Olivella moorei Abbott, a, holotype. b, paratype (both x 6).

Fig. 2. 0. hayeri Abbott, a, holotype. b, paratype (both x 6).

Fig. 3. 0. jaspidea (Gmelin). a, spire X 6. b, shell X IVa-

Fig. 4. 0. nivea (Gmelin). a, spire X 6. b, shell X 1M».

Fig. 5. O. ivatermani McGinty. a, front view X 6. b, X 1%.

NEW MARINE MOLLUSKS FROM BRITISH WEST

INDIES AND FLORIDA KEYS

By JEANNE S. SCHWENGEL

Crassispira drangai, new species. PI. 8, fig. 1.

Shell elongately turrite, blackish brown, with deep livid

brown between the ribs on the periphery of the body whorl.

Apex missing, eleven slightly bulging whorls, encircled with a

single keel on the upper part, concavely depressed above and

below the keel. Striae encircle this sulcus, slightly undulating

above the keel to conform to the uneven suture, heavier and

farther apart below. Longitudinally ribbed beneath; ribs

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (4)

PLATE 7

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (4)

PLATE 8

Fl(i. 1, Cnissi.splrtt (hdiif/di. --'.'>, Oil id did ii f/di. 4-.'), ('(illiostonKt jujiihi-

inini (idclac. G-H, PUaiia cordald.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 117

slightly oblique and ranged with great regularity, the inter-

stices wider than the ribs. Suture inconspicuous and ap-

pressed. A heavy, rounded varix some distance back from the

lip.

Entire shell transversely striate; three or four heavy spiral

lines on each whorl, with three to five finer lines between each

heavy line. Incremental lines faintly perceptible, except over

the sulcus, where they are stronger, where they are convex below

the keel and above the shouldered axial ribs. These ribs, which

are farther apart on the body whorl, gradually flatten out on

the final third of the whorl. On the central third of the body

wh'Orl only, the longitudinal ribs become slightly knobbed where

heavier spiral lines cross the ribs.

Aperture slightly more than one-third the length of shell,

narrow, smooth within. Strong callosity above the anal sinus ;

outer lip thin, crenulated. Siphonal sinus moderately deep,

subtubular ; columella straight ; slight umbilical chink where the

callus lifts from the pillar.

Length 1214 mm. ; width 6% i^ni- ; length of aperture 5i/^ mm.

Type in author's collection.

Locality; Hastings, Barbados, British West Indies.

This shell is very similar, at first glance, to Drillia ehenina

Dall. It differs in the greater number of whorls; greater com-

parative width ; the presence of fewer spiral striae on each whorl,

and the addition of finer spiral lines between each of these

heavier lines. The anal sinus is much deeper and the callus

on the pillar is more pronounced, producing a small but definite

umbilical chink at the base.

This shell was collected by Ted Dranga and named for him

in appreciation of his wonderful help and patience in teaching

the author the first steps in the collecting and care of marine

mollusks.

Oliva drangai, new species. PI. 8, figs. 2-3.

Shell subcylindric, highly polished. Ground color prim-

rose yellow, body whorl tinted with lines of walnut brown, fad-

ing toward the anterior end into a cream buff, with tinting

barely discernible. Spire moderately high, with nucleus glassy,

opaque, exserted, about three whorls, the following five whorls

revolving ; channeled suture ; body whorl seven-eighths the length

of the shell. Columella sloping sharply to the notched base.

Callus obliquely plaited; interior of shell creamy white. Wal-

nut brown markings on inner edge of lip.

118 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Length 45 mm. ; diameter 18 mm.

Length 30 mm. ; diameter 12 mm.

Type No. 187428 ANSP, Co-type in my collection.

This Oliva differs from 0. sayana Ravenel by its larger and

more produced nucleus; its lack of tassel-like dark lines at the

suture of the body whorl; its more sloping columella and the

complete lack of color bands around the body whorl. The shells

were collected by Ted Dranga at Pigeon Point, Tobago, British

West Indies, and are named for him in recognition of his many

years of fine and discriminating collecting, all over the world.

PiTARiA coRDATA, ncw specles. PL 8, figs. 6-8.

Shell equivalve, chalky-white, sub-ovate, very convex. Sculp-

ture of hea^'y^, uneven, concentric growth-wrinkles, converging

anteriorly into a feebly defined, cordate lunule. The low, promi-

nently rounded umbones are almost smooth, shiny, and incurved

over the lunule; and the shell, when viewed anteriorly, is

beautifully heart-shaped.

Anterior slope short and straight, the end moderately round-

ing into an evenly arcuate ventral margin. Posterior end

broadly rounded; in the adult, slightly more produced. The

dorsal margin is slightly rounded; in some specimens almost

straight. Ligament narrow and slightly depressed. Umbones

narrowly and deeply separated.

Interior of shell white, lip slightly crenulate. Posterior ad-

ductor impression close to border and almost round; pallia]

sinus sharpl}^ triangular, ascending deeply; pallial line very

clearly defined; anterior adductor impression long pear-shaped,

ending close to margin.

Length 44 mm. ; heighth 32 mm. ; breadth 33 mm.

Length 35 mm. ; heighth 341/2 mm. ; breadth 25 mm.

Localitv: West of Drv Tortugas, Florida, in 20 fathoms.

Type No. 187430 ANSP.

These shells were sent to the author by Ted Dranga, who ac

quired them from the shrimp fisherman at Key West. Speci-

mens have also been received from Adele Koto, collected in the

same approximate locality.

This shell is about the same shape and size as CaUocardia

(Agripoma) morrhuana Linsley, differing in its greater con-

vexity, more rounded and recurved beaks, and larger pallial

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 119

sinus, which is sharply triangular and ascends farther toward

the center of the shell.

Calliostoma (Eutrochus) jujubinum adelae, new variety.

PL 8, figs. 4-5.

Shell conical, nearly as wide as high. Nucleus minute, glassy,

of about IV2 whorls; followed by 8 body whorls; base flat, be-

coming slightly rounded at the aperture.

Color chamois with white and chocolate markings on the two

heavily beaded lirae at the base of each whorl. Rarely a speci-

men is walnut-brown with the same white and chocolate mark-

ings.

Sculpture consists of elevated spiral, bearded lirae ; beginning

with two on the first whorl and gradually increasing to four

on the last whorl; with a faintly bearded lirae being added as

the whorl nears the outer lip. At the base of each whorl are

two projecting and heavily beaded lirae. Base is flat, uni-

color, with eight or nine beaded lirae ; the lirae next the funnel-

shaped, white umbilicus has fewer and heavier beads. Aper-

ture almost the same as in C. jujuhinum Gmelin, being quadrate ;

oblique outer lip, five or six lirate within ; basal lip straight and

strongly five or six lirate within; columella arcuate, partially

overshadowing the umbilicus, ending below with a point or

tooth. Aperture white, except for outer lip, which is beauti-

full}^ iridescent in live specimens.

Alt. 15 mm. ; dia. 14% mm.

Locality : Indian Key, Florida.

Type No. 187203, ANSP. Co-type in author's collection.

This variety differs from C. j. perspectivum Philippi especially

by the two heavily beaded projecting lirae at the base of each

whorl, and the presence of fewer spiral lirae on the whorls.

It was collected hy and named for, Adele Koto, one of our finest

amateur collectors.

NEW SPECIES OF AMNICOLA AND STREPTOSTYLA

By H. a. PILSBEY

Amnicola sablensis, new species. PL 9, figs. 1-lc.

The shell is umbilicate, ovate-conic, corneous, of 5% whorls;

the apex rather acute ; early whorls strongly convex, the last

two less convex. The surface is smooth. The aperture is ovate,

120 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

its length contained 2% times in that of the shell. The peri-

stome is continuous but normally adnate to the preceding whorl

and very thin for a short distance above the umbilicus.

Length 3.33 mm., diameter 2 mm. ; length of aperture 1.45

mm.

West Lake near Cape Sable, Florida. J. A. Weber, T. L.

McGinty. Type and paratypes 185190 ANSP. Other para-

types in Weber and McGinty collections.

This species is very much like A. sanctijohannis Pils., widely

spread in Florida, but it differs by the more acute apex and the

weaker convexity of the later whorls. The type (fig. 2) and a

paratype of A. sanctijohannis are shown for comparison in

plate 9, figs. 2, 2a, No. 69461 ANSP.

The largest specimen in two lots of A. sablensis received is

5.2 mm. long, with 6 whorls, the last one somewhat more convex

than in other specimens; evidently an unusually old shell (fig.

Ic).

Streptostyla jacobsoni, new species. Plate 9, fig. 3.

The small shell is somewhat fusiform, the diameter somewhat

less than half the length of the shell. The apex is obtuse, out-

lines of the spire slightly convex, the whorls increasing slowly,

slightly convex. The surface is glossy and marked irregularly

and very weakly with forwardly convex lines of growth. The

aperture is nearly half as long as the shell, very narrow in the

upper half, the columella deeply concave above, and with a

strongly convex lobe below, which is obliquely truncate at the

base. The outer lip arches forward a little below the middle,

being straight and receding above and below.

Length 10.8 mm., diameter 4.5 mm., length of aperture 5.3

mm. 7 whorls.

Kilometer 636, on the road between Santa Inez and Llera,

state of Nuevo Leon, Mexico. Type and paratype 187058

ANSP, collected by Mr. M. L. Jacobson ; other paratypes in his

collection.

With about the size and figure of S. meridana (Morelet), this

species differs entirely by its short, strongly twisted columella.

By the deep con<^avity of the columella above, it differs from

8. minuta Pils.

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (4

PLATE 9

1-lc, Amnicola sahJensis. 2-2a, A. saiictijoliannis. 3, Streptostyla

jacobsoni. 7-8, Chione pinchoii.

THE NAUTILUS: 64 (4)

PLATE 10

Upper ',] <ij^«., Jdcosta rnix raid. Lower i\^., ]'(.rilliuii irillcoxi c<t.ri<nii(nt.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 121

A NEW VEXILLUM FROM PLIOCENE OF

ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA

By WILLIAM G. FAEGO

Vexillum (Uromitra) willcoxi coxianum, new subspecies.

Plate 10, lower figure.

Shell small, subfusiform, solid, the spire slightly inflated

about 21/2 times the height of the aperture. The general form

of the eonch somewhat pupoid. Protoconch is relatively large,

blunt at the apex and composed of about IY2 smooth whorls

which enlarge rapidly and become globular. The whorls of the

conch form turreted, subcylindric, glossy spire neatly sculp-

tured by widely spaced (9 on the early whorls, 8 on the later

ones) axial rib lets which are narrow, slightly protractive and

swollen behind near the suture. On the early whorls, the pri-

mary ribs are irregular in form and spacing, more arcuate and

protractive than on the last three whorls. On the later whorls,

a reticulated pattern in their interspaces is formed by 4 or 5

rows of squarish pits, spirally and axially arranged. The spaces

between the rows of pits are slightly raised indicating that they

lie between intersecting spirals and axial riblets which have be-

come almost wholly obsolete, but true, well-formed spiral sculp-

ture is present on the base and pillar where 4 or 5 revolving

cords override the primary ribs.

The holotype, ANSP 17376, has 7 lirae inside the outer lip

and 3 folds on the columella. It measures as follows : Length,

8.1 mm., length of last whorl, 4.9 mm., length of aperture, 3.4

mm. ; diameter, 2.5 mm. ; whorls, protoconch II/2, conch, Si/o.

A larger specimen is 9.1 mm. long and 2.8 mm. in diameter.

There are 8 specimens available from the North St. Petersburg

Pliocene.

While V. willcoxi coxianum is of similar size and has aper-

tural features like V. (Uromitra) willcoxi {Ball) * which also

occurs with it in the St. Petersburg Pliocene and at Fort

Thompson of the Caloosahatchee, it differs in having 8 or 9

ribs instead of 10-13, which in willcoxi are close-set, linear and

regular, not markedly enlarged behind. Typical willcoxi from

both of these Florida localities have only a minor or fortuitous

indication of the remarkable pitted sculpture which principally

characterizes coxianum. A few specimens intermediate between

* Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., v. 3 (1890-1903); p. 93, pi. 3, fig. 10.

See also Nautilus, v. 61 (1948) pp. 109-112, pi. 7, figs. 9 and 10.

122 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

willcoxi and coxianum from both of the above Florida localities

have been found. The new subspecies is named for its discoverer,

George H. Cox, M.D., of New Glasgow, Nova Scotia.

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF AMMONITELLA

By E. p. CHACE

Among some shells collected near Boy den's Cave, Kings

Canyon, Fresno County, California, last fall were a number of

specimens of an Ammonitella. At first glance, they seemed to

be A. yatesi (J. G. Cooper), which is known only from a small

district in Calaveras County, 125 miles farther north. But

upon comparing them with shells from that district, certain dif-

ferences seemed sufficiently constant to justify a new sub-

species.

Ammonitella yatesi allyni, new subspecies.

Shell in general like A. yatesi yatesi but flatter and the spire

less deeply sunken. The last quarter turn of the body whorl

is more swollen making the aperture slightly wider, especially

in the lower third. The upper portion of the lip is slightly but

definitely bent down, suggesting the lip of certain haplotremas.

This last feature is not noticeable in the shells from Calaveras

Co. The shells are somewhat lighter in color than the northern

shells and possibly a bit thinner. In some cases, the spots on

the living animal can be seen through the body whorl.

The type, no. 545, in the writers collection measures : greater

diameter 7.3 mm., height 2.9 mm. 2 paratypes: greater di-

ameter 8.0 mm., height 3.2 mm. and 3.0 mm.

Paratypes are being placed in the collections of the California

Academy of Sciences, The Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia (no. 187429), the Museum of Comparative Zoology

and the private collections of Allyn G. Smith, Dr. W. 0. Gregg,

and Dr. S. S. Berry. More than 30 specimens were taken in

dead maple leaves beside the trail from the parking area to the

cave, Sept. 5, 1950.

The new subspecies is named for Mr. Allyn G. Smith, who,

with Dr. "W. 0. Gregg, has helped with advice and the loan of

specimens.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 123

CATALOGUE OF ANCYLIDAE OF SOUTH AND CEN-

TRAL AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES, WITH

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

By CHAELES B. WUKTZ

In the course of a recent study (Wurtz, 1950), on certain

West Indian mollusks, it became necessary to identify an ancylid

from the island of Old Providence, Colombia. Since the con-

sideration of that material (herein described as new), entailed

an investigation into the known ancylid fauna of South and

Central America and the AVest Indies, the publication of a

catalogue of the known species from this area was thought de-

sirabh*.

It has not been possible to study the majority of the species

which are considered valid. Probably many specific names

will, in time, fall into synonymy, while further collecting will

uncover new species. Synonymical references used here reflect

the opinions of previous workers who, presumably, had enough

material to properly evaluate the species concerned. A cata-

logue of the known forms will appreciably abbreviate future

studies.

The classification employed is that of earlier authors. The

generic distinctions are not well defined, but the genera are

recognized as distinct until enough data are accumulated for a

sound synthesis of the classification.

The Ferrissiinae are the only Ancylidae known to occur in

South or Central America or the West Indies. Walker pro-

posed Ferrissiinae in 1917 [Naut., 31 (1) : 2]. In this sub-

family, the apex of the shell may be radially striate, punctate

or smooth. Of the radula Walker (1924) sajs, 'Svith a bi-

cuspid central, the base being more or less wider below." How-

ever, Connolly (1938) says, ''central tooth of radula usually

with 4 cusps, of which 2 or 3 are very minute." Pilsbry (1924)

presented a critical study of some ancylid radulae. His ma-

terial was from preparations made by himself and by Dr. H. B.

Baker. The drawings and descriptions of the teeth were the

work of Dr. Baker. Giindlachia, Heletancylus, Uncancylus and

Anisancylus, discussed by Pilsbry in that study, had four

124 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

cusped central teeth. In an exhaustive stud}^ on the anatomj'

oi Ferrissia (F.) tarda (Say), Hoff (1940) described the central

tooth as bicuspid although Connolly (op. cit.) said Ferrissia

had two mesocones and two minute ectocones.

When proposed, Ferrissiinae included Ferrissia Walker and

Gundlachia Pfr. The first of these was divided into Ferrissia

s.s. (by implication) and Laevapex Walker. The second was di-

vided into Gundlachia s.s and Kincaidilla Hannibal {Kincai-

della in Walker) . Walker distinguished parallel groups in these

two genera. Ferrissia s.s. and Kincaidilla with apex rapidly

striate ; Laevapex and Gundlachia s.s. with apex smooth. At the

same time, he included Burnupia Walker, Hehetancylus Pilsbry,

and Uncancylus Pilsbry in the subfamily. These have a smooth

or punctate apex although Walker thought they had only the

punctate apex.

Connolly (op. cit.) quotes an account by Hugh Watson

which indicates that Walker was misled in his schematic ar-

rangement. Walker himself anticipated this and considered

his arangement largely tentative (Walker, 1924, p. 11). Wat-

son, in Connolly, limits Gundlachia to those septum-forming

species with the apex smooth and with a great difference in the

size of the two main cusps of the central tooth of the radula.

These species, so far as is known, are confined to Central and

South American and the West Indies. Thus Kincaidilla is not

to be included with Gundlachia.

Genus Ferrissia Walker, 1903. Naut., 17 (2) : 15. Type

Ancylus rivularis Say. Syn. Haldemania Clessin, 1880, non

Tryon, 1862.

Subgenus Ferrissia s.s. Shell with acute apex which is radi-

ally striate. Central tooth of radula with two equal mesocones

and two minute ectocones.

1. Ferrissia adamsi Wlkr., 1921. Naut., 34 (3) : 74. Ja-

maica

2. Ferrissia hayacalifornica Wlkr., 1924. Journ. Wash. Acad.

Sci., 14: 431. Lower California, Mexico.

3. Ferrissia heaui (Bgt.), 1853. Journ. de Conch., 4: 176.

Puerto Rico; Guadeloupe.

4. Ferrissia hermudensis Van., 1910. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 62: 670. Bermuda.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 125

5. Ferrissm hlandi Wlkr., 1921. Naut., 34 (3) : 75. St.

Vincent.

6. Ferrissia jamaicensis Wlkr., 1921. Naut., 34 (3) : 73.

Jamaica.

7. Ferrissia occidentalis Wlkr., 1924. Journ. Wash. Acad.

Sci., 14: 431. Lower California, Mexico.

Subgenus Laevapex Walker, 1903. Naut., 17 (2) : 15. Type

Ancylus fuscus C. B. Adams. Shell with obtuse or subacute

apex which is smooth. Eadula as in Ferrissia s.s.

8. Ferrissia aquadae Goodrich and Van der Schalie, 1937.

Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Misc. Publ., No. 34: 34. Guatemala.

9. Ferrissia hahamensis Clench, 1938. Mem. Soc. Cubana

Hist Nat., 12 (4) : 318. Grand Bahama Island, Bahamas.

10. Ferrissia excentrica (Morelet), 1851. Test. Nov. Ins. Cu-

banae et Amer. Cent., pars 11 :17. Syn. A. radiatus Guilding,

1828, Zool. Journ., 3: 536. Texas; Mexico; Yucatan; Guate-

mala ; Nicaragua ; Costa Rica ; Cuba ; St. Vincent.

10 a. Ferrissia excentrica hiolleyi (v. Martens), 1899. Biol.

Cent.-Amer., 9 : 402. Costa Rica.

10b. Ferrissia excentrica pittieri (v. Martens), 1899. Biol.

Cent.-Amer., 9: 402. Costa Rica.

11. Ferrissia haitiana Clench and Aguayo, 1937. Mem. Soc.

Cubana Hist. Nat., 11 (2) : 70. Haiti.

12. Ferrissia joseana Morrison, 1946. Smith. Misc. Coll., 106

(6) : 39. San Jose Island, Gulf of Panama.

There are several references to Ferrissia ohscura (Haldeman),

1844, Mono., p. 9, in the West Indian literature. This species

has been listed from various West Indian islands as a result of

incorrect determinations. Walker (1920) discusses the history

of the name and the known West Indian specimens referred to

it. F. ohscura is apparently restricted to the headwaters of the

Tennessee River system in North America.

Genus Gundlachia Pfeiffer, 1849. Zeitschr. f. Mai., 6: 98.

Type Gundlachia ancyliformis Pfr. Shell with smooth apex.

Central tooth of radula with two assymetrical mesocones (the

left one being far larger than the right) and two ectocones.

The genus was founded to include those ancylids which formed

a septum across the posterior end of the aperture. As has been

recognized since that time, those species which are included in

126 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Gundlachia may or may not form a septum, and this faculty is

probably a response to environmental factors. For a chrono-

logic discussion of this phenomenon, reference should be made

to Hedley (1895), Ball (1904), Walker (1907), Ball (1911),

Pilsbry (1913), Connolly (1938), and Aguayo (1946). Pilsbry

(1913) was of the opinion that the ability to form such a septum

is of taxonomic value.

13. Gundlachia ancyliformis Pfr., 1849. Zeitschr. f . Mai., 6 :

98. Syn. G. adelosia Bg't., 1862, Les Spiciliges Malacologiques,

Paris, p. 83; G. poeyi Bgt, 1862, Spicil. Mai., p. 82; Poeyia

gundlachioides Bgt., 1862, Spicil. Mai., p. 87. Cuba.

14. Gundlachia hakeri Pils., 1913. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 65: 670. Brazil.

15. Gundlachia crepidulina Guppy, 1872. Proc. Sci. Assoc.

Trinidad, p. 2. Trinidad.

16. Gundlachia hinkleyi Wlkr., 1917. Naut., 31 (1) : 51.

Guatemala.

17. Gundlachia hjalmarsoni Pfr., 1858. Malak. Blatt., 5: 197.

Texas; Guatemala; Honduras.

18. Gundlachia lutzi Wlkr., 1925. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool.

Univ. Mich., No. 157 : 5. Brazil. (The most southern species

of the genus according to Walker.)

19. Gundlachia nordenskioldi Pils., 1924. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Phila., 76: 57. Bolivia.

20. Gundlachia textilis Guppy, 1870. Amer. Journ. Conch.,

6: 311. Trinidad.

Genus Hehetancylus Pilsbry, 1913. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 65: 671. Type Ancylus moricandi Orb. Shell with a

smooth or punctate apex which is obtuse. Central tooth of

radula as in Gundlachia or symmetrical, but basal plate much

broader posteriorly. The radula twice as wide as that of Gund-

lachia.

Pilsbry (1924), in discussing the radula of Hehetancylus,

did not consider it a generic character. The genus was sepa-

rated from Gundlachia by the absence of any septate form. A

septate form of Hehetancylus is still not known. Aguayo

(1946) was most doubtful of the propriety of separating Hehe-

tancylus from Gundlachia (as was Connolly, 1938) and appar-

ently found transitional shell stages between young (non-sept-

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 127

ate) Gundlachia ancyliformis and Hehetancyliis havanensis.

However his material was not conclusive and he recognized the

genur. while anticipating further investigation.

21. Hehetancylus moricandi (Orb.), 1837, Voy. dans TAmer.

merid., Paris, 5: 355. (1837 was the date of pp. 185-376.)

Syn. Ancylus hahiensis Moricand, nomen nudum (MSS) ; An-

cylus navicula Spix, nomen nudum (MSS). Venezuela; Brazil.

22. Hehetancylus adelinus (Bgt.), 1862. Spicil. Mai., p. 227.

Cuba.

23. Hehetancylus cuhensis Pils. and Aguayo, 1933. Naut.,

46 (4) : 116. Cuba.

24. Hehetancylus culicoides (Orb.), 1835. Mag. de Zool., 5:

23. Colombia; Ecuador; Brazil; Paraguay.

25. Hehetancylus havanensis (Pfr.), 1839. Arch. f. Naturg.,

5 (1) . 350. Syn. Ancylus pallidus Poey, 1856. Mem. sob re la

Hist. Nat. de la Isle de Cuba, 2: 32. Cuba; Santo Domingo;?

Georgetown (Aguayo).

26. Hehetancylus lemoinei (Ancey), 1901. Le Nat., 23: 103.

Brazil.

27. Hehetancylus plaerius (Bgt.), 1862. Spicil, Mai., p. 214.

Brazil

28. Hebetancylus providentialis, new species. PL 4, figs.

8 and 8a.

Shell elliptical, width contained from 1.3 to 1.5 times in the

length, twice as wide as high. Both anterior and posterior ends

broadly rounded. Left edge more strongly curved than right

edge. Minute apical depression at the apex. Apex % to Y^ the

length from the posterior margin and % the width from the right

margin; slightly bent downward. Apical sculpture closely

punctate, arranged radially (as in Burnupia, though not as pro-

nounced as in that genus). Later sculpture of distinct, equi-

distant, radiating riblets which reach to the perimeter of the

aperture; the riblets are more pronounced on the posterior

slopes and the upper part of the anterior slopes. Concentric

sculpture of irregularly spaced and variably pronounced growth

lines. Anterior slope convex, with height of the convexity,

which is the top of the shell, anterior to the apex proper. Pos-

terior slope straight, becoming concave at the perimeter of the

aperture. Left slope straight. Right slope concave. Radula

with 14-1-14 teeth in a width of 100 micra. Transverse rows

straight; outer three longitudinal rows well separated. The

128 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

central tooth is symmetrical and consists of two mesocones and

two ectocones. (Radular observations made with mounts in

glycerine jellj^, glycerine alone, and water. These were studied

under a 90x apochromatic lens with 6x, 10 X and 16 X oculars.

The cusps are so minute that they could not be resolved to com-

plete satisfaction, but the remarks made are based on protracted

observations. )

The type and ten paratypes (ANSP 186643) vary in length

from 1.7 to 2.3 mm. and in width from 1.2 to 1.7 mm. The holo-

type is 2.0 mm. X 1.4 mm. X 0.7 mm. (PL 4, figs. 8 (Type) and

8a (Paratype).)

The apical sculpture of this species resembles that of the

African genus Burnupia while the symmetrical central tooth

of the radula is like Burnupia or Ferrissia rather than Hehetan-

cylus. The contours of the shell and the punctate apex (even

though the latter is radial) incline me to place this species in

Hehetancylus. The species is peculiar.

Dr. Pilsbry collected two, much worn specimens in beach

debris on Old Providence which probably belong to this species.

They measure 3.5 mm. X 2.5 mm. X 1.2 mm. and 3.1 mm. X 2.3

mm., respectively. (The second is lacking the apex.) These

are larger shells than I collected and differ further by having

the apex of the unbroken shell on the median line at % the

distance from the posterior end. I hesitate to place these speci-

mens in H. providentialis but think unlikely that two peculiar

species occur on one small island.

The material was collected in Huffington's Creek on the island

of Old Providence, Colombia. This island is about four miles

long by two wide and lies about 125 miles off the coast of

Nicaragua. It is of volcanic origin and reaches an elevation

of 1190 feet. The material was collected 30 April, 1948, while

I was a member of the Catherwood-Chaplain West Indies Ex-

pedition. I am indebted to the Academy of Natural Sciences

for allowing me to publish this species in conjunction with the

catalogue.

The species is named for the island.

Genus Uncancylus Pilsbry, 1913. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 65: 671. Type Ancylus harilensis Moricand. Differs

from the preceding genus by having an acute hooked apex. The

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 129

asymmetry of the central tooth is not marked and resembles

Ferrissia in this respect.

29. Uncancylus harilensis (Moricand), 1845. Mem. Soc. d'

Hist. Nat. Geneve, 11: 159. Brazil. (''South America as far

north as Costa Kica." Pilsbry.)

30. Uncancylus ameliae Pils., 1920. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 72 : 9. Costa Eica.

31. Uncancylus calverti Pils., 1920. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 72: 7. Costa Rica.

32. Uncancylus chittyi (C. B. Adams), 1851. Contr. Conch.,

10: 204. Syn. Ancylus ohliquus C. B. Adams, 1850. Ann Lye.

Nat. Hist. N. Y., 5: 48 non Broderip and Sowerby; Ancylus

petitanus Bgt., 1853. Journ. de Conch., 4: 172. Jamaica;

Guadeloupe.

33. Uncancylus concentricus (Orb.), 1835. Mag. de Zool.,

5 : 24. Puerto Rico ; Uruguay ; Patagonia.

33a. Uncancylus concentricus honairensis (Strobel), 1874.

Mater, per una Malacostatica de Terra e di Acqua Dolce dell'

Argentinia Meridionale, Pisa, p. 51. Argentina; Patagonia.

34. Uncancylus rusJiii (Pils.), 1897. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 49 : 298. Uruguay.

An unidentified species of Uncancylus was recorded from

southern Vera Cruz, Mexico by Baker (1923).

Genus Anisancylus Pilsbry, 1924. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

76: 58. Type Ancylus ohliquus Broderip and Sowerby. Shell

with a smooth, obtuse apex, inclined toward the right. The

asymmetry of the central tooth, like Gundlachia and Hehetancy-

lus, is pronounced.

35. Anisancylus ohliquus (Brod. and Sow.), 1832. Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, Pt. 2, p. 202. Syn. Ancylus gay anus Orb., 1837,

Voy. dans I'Amer. merid., Paris, 5: 356; Ancylus radiatus Orb.,

1835. Mag. de Zool., 5: 25 non Guilding, 1828. Peru; Chile;

Uruguay.

35a. Anisancylus ohliquus gay anus (Orb.) Syn. Ancylus gay-

anus ohliquus (Sow.) in Biese, 1949. Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat.,

24: 229. Chile.

35b. Anisancylus ohliquus maximus (Biese), 1949. Bol. Mus.

130 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Nae. Hist. Nat., 24: 230. Syn. Ancylus gayanus maximns Biese,

1949. Chile.

35c. Anisancylus ohliquus rudolfii (Biese), 1949. Bol. Mus.

Nae. Hist. Nat., 24: 232. Syn. Ancylus gayanus rudolfii Biese,

1949; Ancylus paulsonii *^Phil. " Biese, nomen nudum (being an

MS. name of Philippi on a label in the collection of the Museo

Nacional de Santiago). Chile.

Unclassified species

36. Ancijlus aorus Bgt., 1862. Spicil. Mai., p. 216. Brazil.

37. Ancylus charpenterianus Bgt., 1853. Jonrn. de Conch., 4:

173. Chile. Walker (1923) suggests that this species is an

Vncancylus.

38. Ancylus complanatus Bgt., 1862. Spicil. Mai., p. 231.

Cuba.

39. Ancylus crequii Bavay, 1904. Bull, de la Soc. zool. France,

29 : 156. Lake Titicaca.

40. Ancylus fonJci Phil., 1866. Mai. Blatt., 13 : 38. Chile.

41. Ancylus haldemanii Bgt., 1853. Journ. de Conch., 4 : 180.

Syn. A. depressus Hald., 1844, Mono., p. 6, no7i Deshayes 1824.

Mexico.

42. Ancylus irroratus Guilding, 1828. The Zool. Journ., 3 :

535. Cuba; St. Vincent; Trinidad.

43. Ancylus leucaspis Ancey, 1901. Le Nat., 23 : 103. Brazil.

44. Ancylus papillaris v. Martens, 1899. Biol. Cent.-Amer.,

9 : 402. Mexico.

45. Ancylus paranensis ''Doring" Clessin, 1882. Kiist. Syst.

Conch. -Cab. Mart, and Chemn., Niirnberg, 1 (6) : 69. Argentina.

46. Ancylus parasitans Drouet, 1859. Mem. Soc. Acad, d'

Agric, etc., de I'Aube, (2) 10: 387. Martinque.

47. Ancylus patagonicus Biese, 1949. Bol. Mus. Nae. Hist Nat.,

24:235. Chile.

48. Ancylus pfeifferi Bgt., 1862. Spicil. Mai., p. 229. Syn.

A. radiatilis Pfr., 1852, Zeitschr. f . Mai., p. 183 non Morelet, 1851.

Cuba.

49. Ancylus philippianus Biese, 1949. Bol. Mus. Nae. Hist.

Nat., 24: 234. Syn. A. valdivianus "Phil." Biese, nomen

nudum (being an MS. name of Philippi on a label in the col-

lection of the Museo Nacional de Santiago). Chile.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 131

50.'Ancylus 'plagioxus Bgt., 1862. Spicil. Mai., p. 217.

Brazil.

51. Ancylus radiatilis Morelet, 1851. Test. Nov. Ins. Cu-

banae et Amer. Cent., Paris, pars 11: 17. Isle of Pines; Cuba;

Haiti.

52. Ancylus sallei Bgt., 1857. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 9 (2) : 16.

Mexico; Cuba.

53. Ancylus saulcyanus Bgt., 1853. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

Pt. 21, p. 92. Venezuela.

54. Ancylus uncinatus Ancey, 1897. Bull. Mus. Zool. Comp.

Torino, 12: 21. Argentina.

55. Velletia fuhrmanni Piaget, 1914. Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. de

Neuchatel, 5 : 267. Colombia.

Ancylus (Acroloxus) compressus Dkr. and Ancylus {Acro-

loxus) striatulus Dkr. are nomina nuda. They were names used

by Dunker in a letter to Gundlach and subsequently published

by Arango (Contr. a la Fauna Malac. Cuba, Habana, 1878, pp.

137-138). They were both presumed to be Cuban species.

I am much indebted to Dr. H. A. Pilsbrj- for his generous

help in innumerable ways during the preparation of this cata-

logue.

Bibliography

Aguayo, C. G. 1946. Rev. Soc. Mai. ''Carlos de la Torre,"

4 (2) : 55-62.

Baker, H. B. 1923. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., No. 135 :

3.

Connolly, M. 1938. Ann. S. African Mus., 33 : 1-660.

Dall, W. H. 1904. Naut., 17 (9) : 97-98.

. 1911. Amer. Nat, 45: 175-189.

Hedley, C. 1895. Naut., 9 (6) : 61-68.

HoFF, C. C. 1940. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc, 59 (2) : 224-242.

PiLSBRY, H. A. 1913. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 65: 668-

671.

. 1924. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 76: 54-59.

Walker, B. 1907. Naut., 21 (2) : 14-17.

. 1920. Naut., 33 (3) : 99-103.

. 1923. Naut., 37 (1) : 7-16.

. 1924. The Ancylidae of South Africa. Printed in Great

Britain for the author. Though the cover is dated 1923 it

was not published until earlv in 1924.

Wurtz, C. B. 1950. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 102 : 95-110.

132

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 64 (4)

EUROPEAN BALLAST SHELLS IN

STATEN ISLAND, N. Y.

By MATHILDE P. WEINGAETNER

Since early 1944 extensive work has been going on at what

used to be called Oakwood Beach, and is now called Great Kills

Park, Staten Island, New York. The Department of Parks of

the City of New York filled in large sections of swamp in order

to construct a park and new bathing beach. In 1944, one of

the materials used as fill was sand that had been brought from

England and the Mediterranean in the holds of Liberty ships

as ballast during the recent war. This sand was loaded into

lighters and barges, hauled to Oakwood Beech and dumped on

dry land to fill in behind a bulkhead. At no time did it come

in contact with the waters of New York Bay.

In this sand was much shell material, none of it very good, yet

good enough to be identified. The following species were col-

lected and are in the possession of the writer as well as in a

duplicate collection at the Staten Island Museum :

Dentalmm dentalis L.

Dentalium vulgare Desh.

Pecten maximus L.

Glycymeris glycymeris L.

Ostrea edulis L.

Cardium edule L.

Cardium ciliare L.

Solen vagina L.

Donax anatina Lam.

Tellina nitida Poli

Tapes decussatus L.

Chione gallina L.

Mactra inflata Phil.

Murex hrandaris L.

Thais lapillus L.

Natica josephinae Risso

Buccinum undatum L.

Potamides mamillatus Risso

Littorina o'btussata L.

Acteon fasciata Lam.

Nassa gihhosula L.

Cyclonassa neritea L.

Nassa reticulata Lam.

All this material was later covered up with garbage and later

still, with a layer of ordinary sand. I mention this so that if

ever a hurricane or other forces should expose any of these shells,

their origin may be known.

This paper was read at the February 4th meeting of the New

York Shell Club, at whose suggestion I am submitting this paper.

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 133

NOTES ON SOME STREPTAXIDS

By F. HAAS

FuLTONELMA, 11. subg. of Elma, type E. (F.) inconspicua (More-

let).

What are Bulimus exiguus and B. inconspicxius, both de-

scribed hj Morelet?

A. Morelet described in 1881 (Journ. Conch. Paris, 29) two

species of Bulimus from the island Mayotte, Comoro Islands, to

which he gave the names B. inconspicuus (p. 218, pi. 9, fig. 4)

and B. exiguus (p. 218, pi. 9, fig. 6). These species seem to

have been overlooked by following monographers, for Kobelt

and Moellendorff do not list or mention them either in their

catalogue (1903) or in their monograph (1899-1902) of the

Buliminidae (= Enidae). This omission, however, is not on

account of a better understanding of the two species in question,

that is, to the discovery that they are not Bulimus at all, but

belong rather to the family Streptaxidae ; for had this been

the case, they would have included them in their monograph of

the Agnatha, pt. 1 (1902-1905). The credit for having recog-

nized the true affinities of both ^^ Bulimus' ' exiguus and incon-

spicuus, belongs to the late Hugh C. Fulton who sent speci-

mens of both species, with the correct assignation to the strept-

axid genus Elma, to Walter F. Webb, from whom they came,

together with Mr. Webb's entire private collection of non-

marine shells, to the Chicago Natural History Museum; more-

over, in his copy of vol. 29 of the Journal de Conchyliologie, on

p. 219, Fulton changed Morelet 's generic name Bulimus to

Ennea (Elma) ; by a strange coincidence, Fulton's personal set

of the Journal de Conchyliologie has come to rest in the library

of the Chicago Natural History Museum, where Fulton's manu-

script entry can be seen.

The reason why such an expert conchologist as A. Morelet

arranged his two new species exiguus and inconspicuus with

Bulimus rather than with the streptaxids, is because the two

species mentioned, apparently alone among all the streptaxids,

do not show the glossy, silky ivory surface that all their relatives

exhibit. They are covered, instead, with a more or less striate

134 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

yellowish brown conchinic laj-er, such as most of the Enidae

show; the remaining shell characters however, especially the

receding upper edge of the peristome, are unmistakeably strept-

axid in nature.

In my opinion, the distinguishing character of exigiius and

inconspicuus, places them apart from the remaining species of

Elma and entitles them to a subgeneric unit of their own, for

which, for reasons now understandable, I propose the name of

Fultonelma n. subgen. with Bulimiis inconspicuus Morelet as

type species.

Since there exists an earlier Bulimus exiguits Reeve, 1850, B.

exiguus Morelet, 1881, cannot retain its name : hence, I propose

for it the new name Elma hisexigua. The synonymy reads as

follows :

Elma (Fultonelma) bisexigua, n. nom.

Bulimus exiguus Morelet, Journ. Conch. Paris, 29, p. 218, pi.

9, fig. 6, 1881 ; nee Reeve, Conch. Icon, 5, pi. 88, fig. 654, 1850.

Thaumatogulella, subgen. n. for Gulella prodigiosa (E. A.

Smith).

Ennea prodigiosa, described by E. A. Smith (Journ. Conch.

London, 10, p. 316, pi. 4, fig. 11; 1902), is a Gulella in the gen-

erally accepted concept of the genus, but it cannot be properly

placed in any of the known subgenera of Gulella. The solute

last whorl and the characteristic peristomal sinulus, which is

circular and almost closed, assign a special place to it. The

new subgenus T haum at o gulella is therefore here proposed with

G. prodigiosa as type and only species.

ARNOLD EDWARD ORTMANN AS REVEALED

BY HIS LETTERS

By HENEY van DER SCHALIE

There have been at least two informative biographical articles

dealing with A. E. Ortmann (Pilsbry, Nautilus, 1927, 40: 109-

111; and Holland, Science, January 14, 1927, 65: 29). The

factual information contained in those publications need not be

repeated here. The purpose of this account is to give a personal

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 135

narrative of this ■anusually capable scholar from statements ap-

pearing in his letters to friends and colleagues. Through this

correspondence, we get some insight into several aspects of the

work in which he was engaged, as well as of his thoroughly sci-

entific attitude toward research. These letters are of special

value largely because he seldom published anything for which

he did not have considerable evidence. Even his published

papers appear often to be ignored and there are indications

that his zoogeographical publications are worthy of more atten-

tion than thej' have received. Some of his basic contributions

never found their way into print. He shared his broad inter-

ests with his colleagues in a most unselfish way and much valu-

able information is contained in his letters to E. B. Williamson,

Bryant Walker, Calvin Goodrich, and others.

In order to dispel any doubt as to the propriety of delving

into Ortmann's correspondence for the purpose of obtaining a

better concept of the man and his work, I would like to begin

with a quotation from one of his letters to Calvin Goodrich (De-

cember 15, 1910) in which he said:

''Do no feel alarmed about having used anj^ information re-

ceived from me in any way you see fit. I am not jealous, and

anybod}^ is welcome to use and to criticise whatever I maj^ say

in private correspondence. I also do not object if anj^body

puhlishes anything for I am not working for my personal bene-

fit but for the good of science, and I know myself best that I

cannot work out everything myself. I wish I could induce many

more conchologists to work along the same lines I am working. ' ^

During his early years (1903-1907) in the Carnegie Museum,

Ortmann worked with crayfish. He carried on a lively and

highly interesting correspondence with the late E. B. William-

son, who at that time was also interested in the decapods. These

men shared a strong feeling of bond since Williamson had

formerly been emploj'ed in the Carnegie Museum and under-

stood something about the policies and purposes of that insti-

tution. Although a number of very interesting aspects of Ort-

mann's work relating to his studies of Crustacea would interest

malacologists any attempt to cover his contributions to that

field would be too time-consuming. As will suffice here to men-

tion, Ortmann's research with Crustacea was outstanding. He

named a number of new species, was a careful student of their

136 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

habits and life history, and made especially noteworthy addi-

tions to our knowledge of the zoogeography of those animals.

In the field of systematics, he was the first to recognize the im-

portance of genital structures in arranging a natural classifica-

tion of the decapods.

An aspect of Ortmann especially revealed in his letters is his

unusually constructive and wholesome attitude toward his col-

leagues, as typically shown in the following quotations :

(1). He was asked to review a manuscript by E. B. Williamson

and in returning it he wrote (Feb. 4, 1906) :

'*! have not used any notes from your M.S. Go ahead with

your work and collect the facts; when my memoir is out, you

will see how they can be used to advantage ; but what we need

first is the facts of distribution, of life history, etc. Pay par-

ticular attention to the limits of distribution."

And, again. May 4, 1906 :

"I want you to understand that I do not intend to put a

mortgage on your collections for my benefit. On the contrary,

I want to have the whole credit to you, and wish you to work

it up. If I can offer you any assistance I am ready to furnish

it to you. I hope my memoir will come out some time during

this summer, and then you will get suggestions from it: in the

meantime collect dates. They will help you to make up your

conclusions as to life history. Some time I shall send j^ou notes

on the material received to show you how I would do the work.

(2). Ortmann 's relations with Walker were equally generous

and constructive. The following three quotations clearly indi-

cate the splendid co-operation that existed between these men.

Ortmann shifted his main interest from crayfish to mussels in

1907. Comparatively early in his correspondence with Walker,

he wrote (April 2, 1908) :

''My special work is in UiiiOy but, of course, if I come across

any other thing in the line of MoUusks, I take it along. But

this explains that I have not done as much work in other groups

as might possibly be expected considering the fact that I spend

a good deal of time collecting. But I have the best intentions

and shall do what I can, and if I can be of service to you in any

way, please let me know, and I shall keep it in my mind and

remember it in the field when I have a chance."

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 137

In the course of their later work the following statement, taken

from two letters from Ortmann to Walker, show the generous

way Ortmann and Walker worked together: (July 22, 1911) :

''Your letter of July 4 has been received, also a picture postal

card. As to the new genus and species, discovered by Mr.

Wheeler, I do not feel a desire to describe it, and should like to

leave this entirely to you. Of course the species should be

(Arkansia) ''wheeleri'* for Mr. Wheeler is entitled to this recog-

nition."

Again, in a letter about (Quincuncina) U. hurkei, dated June 23,

1915:

"I understand that you are going to describe this new species,

and in this case, you probably would like to have the notes about

the anatomy. I shall be glad to furnish these to you together

with the conclusions as to the systematic position. Please let me

know whether and when j'ou want them."

Ortmann was bj^ nature very systematic. This trait is clearly

evident in the way he started his studies of the mussels first in

his own state and then gradually extending his endeavors into a

wider field. In a letter to Walker, Aug. 18, 1911, he stated :

''You see, I am trying my best to do the work, systematically,

taking up river hy river, finding out what is in the rivers, but

also what is not. The latter fact is sometimes even more inter-

esting. ' '

He carefully enlarged his realm with due regard for direction,

and he built on the information as he went. This process is

shown in his work both with crayfish and later with the mussels

— a group with which he was able to carry his ventures consider-

ably farther.

The studies which Ortmann and Walker carried on together

were unusually extensive. Although these men were not by any

means in full agreement in all matters, there was, never the less,

an excellent spirit throughout the controversial phases of their

work. The following quotations indicate the constructive way

in which they weathered their disagreements.

(1). Following a long and detailed discussion concerning the

identity of a species, Ortmann concluded (Dec. 8, 1913) :

138 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

''For the present I would call your specimen maculatum.

Whether the figured type of appressum is this, is doubted. But

it is sure that some specimens of Lea's appressum (at least one)

is this, but not the type. But also this should be re-examined.

You and Frierson have, by your presistent kickinfr about my con-

ception of appressum, shaken my faith in my own previous ex-

amination of the supposed type."

(2). In a letter to Calvin Goodrich, No. 4, 1913, Ortmann

wrote :

''I am fighting' with Walker and Frierson over my Tennessee

material: the great trouble is that they have identified species

from specimens distributed among collectors under the wrong

name, hence the confusion. Of course, a good deal of the confu-

sion goes back to Lea, and Simpson, handicapped as he was,* also

increased the confusion. It is simply awful. There is another

difficulty : I cannot send all of the material to AYalker for inspec-

tion and so he does not see several points on which I insist. But

I hope we shall straighten that out finall}-."

(3). An indication, as to how carefully and critically Walker

and Ortmann checked on one another, is found in a letter dated

Dec. 20, 1918:

''I am sorry I again wrote Fusconaja: but the M.S. of this

article was written about a year ago, before you called my atten-

tion to this slip. I won't do it again, if I can help it. Can't

you treat it simply as a misprint, slip of the pen, or slip of some-

thing else?"

In studying mussels, Ortmann always stressed the significance

of anatomical evidence. His knowledge was thorough and basic.

He had a far better comprehension of relationships than most of

his colleagues. But he was careful to respect the work of others

and he had a keen appreciation of their contributions. I was

especially interested in the following statements taken from a

letter to Walker (Aug. 7, 1914), which clearly gives Ortmann 's

evaluation of Simpson's Catalogue:

''First of all, my best thanks for the copy of Simpson's De-

scriptive Catalogue. Of course, there is much to be said about

it, and the general arrangement is not up to date. However, I

realize that it is, at present, simply impossible to pay attention,

* (That is to say, handicapped by having Lea's material in such a con-

fused state.)

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 139

in a work like this, to the changes in the system which must be

introduced in consequence of anatomical investigation. I do not

blame Simpson for this, and shall not criticize him."

''What is reall}' valuable, and what has been pointed out in the

introduction as the chief purpose of the work, is the furnishing

of adequate descriptions of all species. This has been done now,

and this will make the work of everlasting importance, no matter

what the future changes will be in the general system. This

work now supercedes the Synopsis, and I, for my part, shall have

it always at my elbow for reference and study ! Also your share

in the publication must be highly appreciated."

As is generally known, a great deal of confusion existed in the

naiad nomenclature as it concerned certain names proposed by

Rafinesque. As early as Dec. 31, 1912, Ortmann wrote to Walker

indicating that Rafinesque himself felt that his generic names

were well supported, and Ortmann raised the question as to what

the International Commission would rule on those names. A

voluminous correspondence is at hand dealing with this problem

and only sufficient data can be given here to indicate that the

work of Ortmann and Walker in dealing with this problem was

as fair to all parties concerned as they could possibly make it.

In a letter dated Feb. 10, 1913, Ortmann wrote :

''However, I want to bring out the other side of the argument,

that is to say I am acting as '^advocatus diahoW when I say

that, according to formal rules, that is to say the actual wording

of the rules, it is possible to entertain the opposite view. Which

is to say, that I consider the rules insufficient and misleading. ' '

From this statement, there was clearly much by way of in-

terpretation needed to clear away many of the specific cases.

L. S. Frierson was especially anxious to champion Rafinesque 's

cause and both Ortmann and Walker did what they could to take

Frierson 's contentions into account. In a letter to Walker, dated

April 19, 1920, Ortmann wrote :

"Frierson seems to be offended that we do not accept all of

his "dicta" as gospel truth. He entireh^ forgets that we have

accepted quite a few of his suggestions, published and unpub-

lished, and he apparently does not see that our way of treating

the subject is the only candid and scientific one. I want to be

fair to all parties concerned, not only to Rafinesque, and we have

no bias against anybody, none against Lea, and none against

Frierson. ' '

140 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

A few days later (April 25, 1919) Ortmann wrote to Goodrich:

' * I hope Walker and I will come to an understanding concern-

ing Rafinesque's names. I freely admit that I have gone much

too far, influenced by Frierson. About one third of the dis-

puted cases are settled, and Walker is now studying the rest (or

is going to when he returns from Alabama). Walker surely has

had more (common sense) in this respect: but I have reformed

and practice now much self-criticism."

The work of these men and the work of Pilsbry, who acted

as judge in the disputed cases, will stand as a monument to their

keen judgment and scientific acumen. As is, however, surprising,

some of the authorities today are disregarding the conclusions so

carefully arrived at by this unusual combination of excellent

authorities.

Zoogeography is a field in which Ortmann was especially inter-

ested. His long list of contributions to this subject ought to be

quite generally known. His letters are full of information sup-

plementing the data appearing in his papers. For our purposes,

only a few examples can be given of how his mind continually

probed the zoogeographical implications of the data he accumu-

lated. In a letter to Walker, dated Oct. 23, 1912, he wrote :

''What you say about the general origin and distribution of

our Najades is, as I believe, essentially correct, and I have about

the same general idea of it. Add to it only the following idea :

When the Najades, coming from the S. W., reached the Ozark-

Cumberlancl Plateau region and the Tennessee drainage, there

w^as no lower Mississippi River. The Tennessee-Cumberland

drainage formed the headwaters of a big northward flowing

River, w^hich carried the waters of the 'interior basin' into the

Arctic Ocean. There was no Ohio at that time either. Ohio

and Lower Mississippi were formed in consequences of the ice

advancing from the North in the Glacial Age. All the tribu-

taries of the Ohio in W. Va. and Pa. did not belong to that

big Interior-basin River, but belonged to the basin of the old,

Preglacial, Erigan River, which flowed approximateh^ in the

direction of the present St. Lawrence. The present Ohio River

fauna of Naiades (at least the bulk of it) is a post-glacial ex-

pansion of the inner Basin-fauna up the newly formed Ohio.

Hence the contrast of the fauna in the headwaters."

"The question arises, what was the fauna of the preglacial

Erigan River and its tributaries (old Kanawha, old Mononga-

hela, and the parts of the old Allegheny) ? I think we may

safely assume that those species found in the headwaters of

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 141

these streams, ahove the falls line, may furnish us a clue. I

think Strophitus edentulus is one of them. But this, of course,

is a very ticklish question. If I could get fossil shells from

our high-river-terraces (late Tertiary and early Glacial), these

would furnish positive evidence. But I have only a few un-

recognizable casts from the foundations of the Base-Ball Grand

Stand near our Museum, and I have not yet made a serious at-

tempt to identify them. I must postpone this for the future,

and am hoping all the time to get better material."

{To be continued)

HELICELLA CAPERATA (MONTAGU) IN

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA

By JOHN THOENTON WOOD

Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point

According to Dr. H. A. Rehder (letter, May 24, 1950), Heli-

cella caperata ^ (Montagu) is indigenous to England and much

of Europe, but no colony has heretofore been found in the

United States. At Yorktown, the species is well established,

occupying an exposed grassy habitat between Water Street and

the York River beach. The wooded slopes bordering on Water

Street contain large numbers of Triodopsis tridentata juxti-

dens (Pilsbry), and numerous other species including Triodopsis

albolabris (Say), Mesodon thyroidus (Say), Ve^itridens sup-

pressiis (Say), Betinella indentata (Say), and Gastrocopta con-

tracta (Say). Helicella caperata has not succeeded in estab-

lishing itself on the slope, but in a few localities a few of its

dead shells may be collected.

These snails are most conspicuous after heavy rains during the

summer months, when thousands of them are ''flooded out" of

their burrowings and places of concealment among the grass

rootlets. The snails then cover the sidewalks, and climb in

numbers up the grass, especially congregating on stray bread

wrappers and paper cups where they pause and feed. The

larger snails range in diameter between 8 and 9 mm. The three

snails illustrated in the 3 upper figures of plate 10 measured

approximately 8 mm. in diameter.

^Jacosta {Candidula) caperata (Montagu) = (?) J. intersecta (Poiret)

— H. B. B.

142 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

Yorktown has been long abandoned as a port of entry for

shipments from Europe. While impossible to define the period

in which this snail was introduced in other than ver}' general

terms, I obtained the following statement in the period in

which Yorktown was serving as a port, from Park Historian

C. E. Hatch, Jr., of the Colonial National Historical Park —

''Limited shipping in the Yorktown area of the York River very

likely began about 1635. There was heavy shipping to and

from Europe after the establishment of the ''Town of York"

in 1691. It was particularly heavy in the period 1700-1770.

After 1800 Yorktown ceased to function as in important com-

mercial center. ' '

I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. H. A. Rehder

of the U. S. National Museum for identification of my specimens,

and information about them.

NOTES AND NEWS

Jacosta (Candidula) intersecta (Poiret) in United States

— In making a small collection of land snails near Beaufort,

Carteret County, North Carolina during August, 1950, I found

two colonies of Jacosta {Candidula) intersecta (Poiret) =

Helicella caperata (Montagu), which seems not to have been

previously reported living in North America.

The first of these colonies was found on Piver's Island, a

small island separated from the mainland by a channel. In

the area bounded by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, Duke Ma-

rine Laboratory, the only road on the island, and Beaufort

Channel are scattered plants of Yucca aloifolia Linnaeus.

Many of them have apparently been blown over and have taken

root again. Beneath these fallen plants, the snails were found.

The second colony was found along U. S. Highway 70 between

the Newport River and the Beaufort Channel. These snails

were beneath various flat articles (pasteboard, lumber, roofing,

etc.) scattered along both sides of the highway. In each case,

both immature and mature snails were found, indicating perhaps

that the colonies have been established for some time.

Specimens were placed in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology at Harvard and in the Museum of Natural History at

April, 1951] THE NAUTILUS 143

the University of Kansas (KUMNH 6382, 6383). I wish to

express my thanks to Dr. W. J. Clench for checking the identi-

fication and to Dr. A. B. Leonard and Glenn R. Webb for their

suggestions. — D. Saunders, University of Kansas, Lawrence.

Strombus bituberculatus Lamarck. — I have finally been

able to get at the series of the dwarf Strombus hituherculatus,

taken at the southern end of Lake Worth, and have found some

very interesting features. I took a series of 198 specimens, of

which 116 were females and 82 males, a proportion of 3 males

to 2 females. The lengths of the 82 males measured are as

follows : mean length 48.2 mm., extremes 38 mm. to 65 mm. The

lengths of the 116 females give : mean length 57.5 mm., extremes

51 mm. to 67 mm.

To get a true perspective of the size of this dwarf race, all

the shells of normal S. hituherculatus I have on hand were meas-

ured, and the results, based on 93 shells, sex not determined,

are as follows : mean length 79 mm., extremes 57 mm. to 97 mm.

In 81 (87.5 per cent) of these shells, the lips exceeded the spire

in length; in 12 (12.5 per cent), the lips were shorter than or

equal to the spire.

Thus this dwarf race seems to differ from normal 8. hituhercu-

latus in the following: 1st, it is decidedly smaller; 2nd, it is

much darker in color; 3rd, and most important, 100 per cent

of the dwarf race have the lip of the shell shorter than the spire.

The difference in the form of the shell is very striking when

examining a series. In normal 8. hituherculatus, about 12.5

per cent of the shells have the lips shorter than the spire or of

equal length (about equally divided). In the light of the fore-

going, I am inclined to believe that this dwarf race possibly is

entitled to subspecific rank.— B. R. Bales, (from a 1937 letter).

Copulation of Bulimulus alternatus mariae and B. schied-

ANUS. — The successful copulation between these two bulimulids

was noted of captive specimens June 28, 1949 when they were

noted just as coitus was being disrupted. The spermatophore

from the specimen of B. a. mariae was found implanted in the

female organ of the specimen of B. schiedanus. The spermato-

phore was artificially removed from the recipient for study, and

was recovered entire except for a small part of the tip. No

data were obtained as to the status of the coitus in regard to

144 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 64 (4)

reciprocity. Clearly genitalia amixia does not exist between

B. a. mariae and B. schiedanus since B. a. mariae had effectively

inseminated the other species. The facts of inter-species ferti-

lization have yet to be determined, since hybridization does not

necessarily ensue from a cross-insemination. — Glenn R. Webb,

Ohio, 111. ^

The American Malacological Union. — The 17th annual

meeting will be at the Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo, New

York, August 22, 23 and 24, 1951. The hotel headquarters will

be Hotel Lenox, 140 North Street, and, because of a Moose con-

vention in Buffalo the same week, rooms must be reserved before

Juh' 1. Reservations for the annual dinner, which will be held

in Hotel Lenox, Wednesday evening, August 22, must be made

before July 15.

The field trip will be of unusual interest. A chartered bus

will leave Hotel Lenox at 9 A.M., crossing the Peace Bridge to

Canada and stopping first at Falls View for a short time. Then

to Niagara Glen where collecting will be possible at the foot of

the gorge. Lunch at Niagara Glen Restaurant. Recrossing the

river at Queenston the return trip will include a stop at Pros-

pect Point, Niagara Falls, where collecting may be possible at

the foot of the American Falls. A drive around Goat Island

will be included. Bus is scheduled to arrive in Buffalo at 5

P.M. The cost will be $1.00 per person. In order to enter

Canada, naturalized citizens must produce a naturalization cer-

tificate, and aliens must be provided with a Border Crossing

Card which may be obtained at their nearest Immigration Office.

Make all reservations with Mrs. Margaret M. Teare, 681

Lafayette Avenue, Buffalo 22, New York.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Recent species of the prionodont pelecypod Cucullaea. By

David Nicol. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 40 : 338-345. 1950.

— Cucullaea lab lata (Solander) is the name used for the species

commonly known as '^C. concamerata'^ in collections. All liv-

ing cucuUaeas are considered to be forms of C. lahiata, though

several subspecies may be distinguishable. Eight figures illus-

trate various local forms, and the distribution is plotted on a

map. — H. A. P.

Vol. 64 JULY, 1950 No. 1

THE

NAUTILUS

A QUARTEELY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF C0NCH0L0GIST8

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Henry A. Pilsbrt, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Professor] p(f,^(^^PfflC»r,jr).j^. ^j j ..:

University of Pennsylvajiia '""^ "^' iL'

.iv;.;

CONTENTS

L I B I^ A R. Y

JUL J oi?.^.n

WOODS HOLE, ^^^^$.

Conehological monuments in Japan. By Alvin R. Cahn 1

Some land and fresh-water mollusks from Para State, Brazil. By

F. Haas 4

The Polygyridae of Pittsylvania County, Virginia. By Leslie

Mubricht 6

Maxwellia, genus novum of Muricidae. By Joshua L. Baily, Jr.. . 9

Killing and preservation of bivalve larvae in fluids. By Melbourne

Romaine Carriker 14

Chondropoma schaliei. By H. Burrington Baker 17

Distribution of the mollusks in a basic bog lake and its margins.

By Ralph W. Dexter 19

The type of a species. By H. Burrington Baker 27

Hiatella Daudin versus Saxicava Bellevue. (Continued from

April no. ) By Henry Dodge 29

New subgenera of Busycon Roeding. By E. Sydney Marks 34

Notes and news 35

$2.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at

Philadelphia. Pa., under the Act of March 3. 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrinqton Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Manuscript should he typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be

submitted to authors unless requested.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written

ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.

4 pp. S pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.58 $5.72 $ 9.30

100 copies 4.29 6.80 11.44

Additional 100s 1.43 2.15 4.29

Plates (pasted in): $2.86 for 50; additional 2.15c each

[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the oflScial organ of the American Malacological Union

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science.

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Wanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The

Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The

Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.

6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,

nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all

nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.

25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6; vol. 28, no. 12; vol. 31,

no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol. 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3 ; or any of

these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare L. solidys, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

For Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea

nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.

Glenn R. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana

THE NAUTILUS 111

Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list

ready. Ask for it, and send yours.

Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of

Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.

Wanted: Recent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from

various countries. Apply with list.

J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh

water mollusks.

Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.

For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,

JoHNSONiA, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.

Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.

Wanted: Peetens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good

marine specimens, many genera, with data.

C4ILBERT Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.

List of foreign shells for sale on request.

Mrs. F. K. Hadlet, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.

Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and

exchanged.

John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 37, Calif.

IV THE NAUTILUS

TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Third revised edition) . . . 5.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50

ROCK SHELL CATALOG 5.00

A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00

PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00

All post-paid In U. 8. A.

Address author:

MAXWELL SMITH,

Box 65, Winter Park, Florida

SEND LIST OF SHELLS YOU NEED. PROBABLY I CAN SUPPLY

THEM. OVER 2000 SPECIES, 60,000 SHELLS CONSTANTLY IN

STOCK. RARE SHELLS AND WEST INDIAN SPECIES MY SPE-

CIALTY. LOWEST PRICES, SATISFACTION AND SAFE ARRIVAL

GUARANTEED.

Just a few examples:

MUREX ARGO, world's rarest shell, only 3 known:

Second known, superb, with operc $600.00

Third known, fine, with operc 200.00

Murex caillettl kugleri .75

Murex motacilia, superb larg:e shells 3.00-5.00

Murex woodrin^ii 6.00

Hydatina verrilli Pilsbry 50.00->75.00

Hemitonia rubida Verrill .60

Latirus infundibulum, griants, 3%"-4%" 10.00

Mltra swainsoni flssurata 2.00

Voluta musica carneoletta, superb, 2Vi"-2V$!" 2.50

Voluta musica with operculum, 1V4"-1V2", VKRY RARE 1.60

Voluta musica thiarella, 2»4"-2Vi" 4.00-5.00

Lists sent upon request. State whether Florida or foreign or both.

A. HYATT VERRILL

Lake Worth Florida

Vol.64 OCTOBER, 1950 No. 2

TT H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF C0NCH0L0GIST8

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Henry A. Pilsbrt, Curator of the Department of MoUusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

New fountain snails from Florida. By H. A. Pilshry .... 37

Tethys {Aplysia) willcoxi in Rhode Island Waters. By

Donald J. Zinn •. 40

Studies on mollusk populations. By R. Stohler 47

Holospira kriegeri, new species, from Tamaulipas. By Roh-

hert J. Drake 51

Land snails from Clifty State Park and Versailles State

Park, Indiana. By Clinton J. Bushey 54

Pseudosul)nlina, a genus new to the United States. Bv

H, A. Pilshry \ 55

Notes on land snails of Texas. By H. A. Pilsl^ry 56

Some new records for exotic slugs in the United States.

By C. Bruce Lee 58

New Mexican and Panamie shells. By Maxwell Smith 60

Daniel Littlefield Emery. By William G. Fargo 61

Olof 0. Nylander. By Percy E. Raymond 63

American Malacological Union : 16th annual meeting. By

Margaret C. Teskey 65

Notes and news 67

Publications received 71

$2.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at

Philadelphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3. 1879.

Marine Biolo^icc:! I

X. I B :r ^•=i. 5^ ^

NOV 6-1!'*''^^

WOODS HOLE, MA^^S.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrinqton Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Manuscript should he typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be

submitted to authors unless requested.

Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written

ON OR ATTACHED TO TIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.58 $5.72 $ 9.30

100 copies 4.29 6.80 11.44

Additional 100s 1.43 2.15 4.29

Plates (pasted in): $2.86 for 50; additional plates 2.15 each

[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Wanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The

Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The

Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.

6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,

nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all

nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.

25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6 ; vol. 28, no. 12; vol. 31,

no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol. 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3; or any of

these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

Foe Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea

nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.

Glenn R. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana

THE NAUTILUS Ul

Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list

ready. Ask for it, and send yours.

Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of

Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.

Wanted: Recent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from

various countries. Apply with list,

J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Eheims, Marne, France.

Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh

water mollusks.

Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Eoad, Havertown, Pa.

For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,

Johnsonia, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.

Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good

marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.

List of foreign shells for sale on request.

Mrs. F. K. Hadlet, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.

Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and

exchanged.

John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angeles 37, Calif.

IV THE NAUTILUS

TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Third revised edition) . . . 5.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50

ROCK SHELL CATALOG 5.00

A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00

PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00

All post-paid In U. S. A.

Address author:

MAXWELL SMITH,

Box 65, Winter Park, Florida

SEND LIST OF SHELLS YOU NEED. PROBABLY I CAN SUPPLY

THEM. OVER 2000 SPECIES, 60,000 SHELLS CONSTANTLY IN

STOCK. RARE SHELLS AND WEST INDIAN SPECIES MY SPE-

CIALTY. LOWEST PRICES, SATISFACTION AND SAFE ARRIVAL

GUARANTEED.

Just a few examples:

MUREX ABGO, world's rarest shell, only 3 known:

Se<-ond known, superb, with operc $500.00

Third known, fine, with operc 200.00

Murex cailletti kugleri .75

Murex motarilla, superb large shells . . ". 3.00—5.00

Murex woodringil 5.00

Hydatina verrilli Pilsbry 50.00-75.00

Hemitonia rubida Verrill .50

Latiras infundibulum, giants, ZVz"-^Vi" 10.00

MItra swainsonl flssurata 2.00

Voluta musica carneoletta, superb, 2i/i"-2Mi" 2.50

Voluta musira with operculum, 1^4 "-1M:", VERY RARE 1.50

Voluta musica thiarella, 2^4 "-21/2" 4.00-5.00

Lists sent upon request. State whether Florida or foreign or both.

A. HYATT VERRILL

Lake Worth Florida

Vol. 64 JANUARY, 1951 No. 3

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of MoUusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

H. Burrington Baker, Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

Interesting shells from the Delmarva Pfninsula

Bernadine Barker Baker

A clarification of some Central American Unioni

Richard I. Johnson

The family Juliidae. By Arthur D. Howard 84

Land snails from the Guadalupe Range, Texas. By H. A.

Pilsbry and E. P. Cheatum 87

The preservation of slugs. By Leslie Huhricht 90

Some notes on Haliotis. By Joshua L. Baily, Jr 91

A new subspecies of Succinea from Japan. By Gordon

K. MacMillan 94

Additional notes on the foreign snails of Louisiana. By

Harold W. Harry 96

The mollusks of Dauphin County, Pennsylvania. By

Robert A. Heilman 100

Notes and news 101

Publications received 105

$2.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at

Philadelphia. Pa., under the Act of March 3. 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. BmiRiNGTON Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the mouth of issue (January, April, July and October).

Manuscript should be typewritten and double spaced. Proofs will not be

submitted to authors unless requested.

Reprints arie furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written

ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11.16

100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73

Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15

Plates (pasted in): $3.43 for 50; additional plates 2.58 each

[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

VVanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The

Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The

Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.

6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,

nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all

nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.

25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6; vol. 28, no. 12; vol. 31,

no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol. 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3 ; or any of

these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

For Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea

nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.

Glenn R. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana

THE NAUTILUS 111

Wanted : Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local MoUusca.

Glenn E. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.

Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list

ready. Ask for it, and send yours.

Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of

Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.

Wanted: Recent and Tertiary MoUusca. Offered: Similar material from

various countries. Apply with list.

J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh

water mollusks.

Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Eoad, Havertown, Pa.

For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,

Johnsonia, etc. — for duplicate shells or moUuscan literature.

Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.

Wanted: Pectens (world-Avide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good

marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.

List of foreign shells for sale on request.

Mrs. F. K. Hadley, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.

Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and

exchanged.

John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angelas 37, Calif.

IV THE NAUTILUS

TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Third revised edition) . . . 5.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50

ROCK SHELL CATALOG 5.00

A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00

PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00

All post-paid in U. S. A.

Address anthor:

MAXWELL SMITH,

Box 65, Winter Park, Florida

MOLLUSK LITERATURE

MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY, Pilsbry and Tryon, 1885-

1935, Series II, Pulmonata. Complete in 28 vols., half pig-skin,

some worn, vol. 28 as issued. All volumes with colored plates

save 1-6. 8vo. $360.00.

FERUSSAC and Deshayes, 1820-52, Histoire Naturelle des

Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles, Paris, folio with 247 hand

colored plates. Half-calf. Fine copy. $225.00.

Offered for sale by : Richard I. Johnson, 41 Bow Road, Bel-

mont, Massachusetts. WRITE FOR COMPLETE LIST.

Vol.64 APRIL, 1951 No. 4

THE

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

Henry A. Pilsbry, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 3

H. BuRRiNGTON Baker, Professor of Zoology,

• ^ " University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

A new Caribbean mollusk. By H. A. Pilsbrij and A. A. Olsson 109

New deep-water olivellas from Florida, with notes on the 0.

jaspidea-nivea complex. By R. Tucker Abbott 110

New marine mollusks from British West Indies and Florida Keys.

By Jeanne S. Schwengel 116

New species of Amnicola and Streptostyla. By H. A. Pilsbry . . 119

A new Vexillum from Pliocene of St. Petersburg, Florida. By

William G. Fargo 121

A new subspecies of AmmoniteUa. By E. P. Chace 122

Catalogue of Ancylidae of South and Central America and the

West Indies, with description of a new species. By Charles

B. Wiirtz 123

European ballast shells in Staten Island, N. Y. By Mathilde P.

Weingartner 132

Notes on some streptaxids. By F. Haas 133

Arnold Edward Ortmann as revealed by his letters. By Henry

van der Schalie 134

Helicella caper ata (Montagu) in Yorktown, Virginia. By John

Thornton Wood 141

Notes and news 142

Publications received 144

12.50 per year ($2.65 to Foreign Countries) 65 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

University of Pennsylvania, Zoological Laboratory,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia 4, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at

Philadelphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3. 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Manuscript should he typewritten and double spaced. Proofs -will not be

submitted to authors unless requested.

Eeprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written

ON OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $4.30 $6.86 $11.16

100 copies 5.15 8.16 13.73

Additional 100s 1.72 2.58 5.15

Plates (pasted in) : $3.43 for 50 ; additional plates 2.58 each

[Postage Extra]

The Nautilus is the ofi&cial organ of. the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Wanted: One dollar each will be paid for July, 1938, copies of The

Nautilus. Also Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The

Nautilus. Especially vol. 3, nos. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10; vol. 4, no. 1; vol.

6, no. 3; vol. 9, no. 1; vol. 13, no. 4; vol. 17, nos. 5, 6, 8, 10; vol. 18,

nos. 3, 9, 11, 12; vol. 19, nos. 7-10; vol. 20, nos. 6-8, 12; vol. 21, all

nos.; vol. 22, all nos.; vol. 23, nos. 4, 5, 7, 10; vol. 24, nos. 7, 11; vol.

25, no. 5; vol. 26, no. 7; vol. 27, nos. 2, 4, 6; vol. 28, no. 12; vol. 31,

no. 1; vol. 47, no. 2; vol, 52, nos. 1, 3, 4; vol. 53, nos. 2, 3 ; or any of

these volumes. Address Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Penna.

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare L. solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

For Exchange: Native material for live land Mollusca, especially Cepaea

nemoralis, Otala species, and Helix aspersa.

Glenn E. Webb, 5348 Ohmer Ave., Indianapolis, Indiana

THE NAUTILUS HI

Wanted: Preserved or living viviparid snails, in exchange for local Mollusca.

Glenn R. Webb, Ohio (P.O.), Illinois.

Wanted: Exchange of books and pamphlets on malacology. New long list

ready. Ask for it, and send yours.

Dr. F. Haas, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Field Museum of

Natural History, Chicago 5, Illinois.

Wanted: Eecent and Tertiary Mollusca. Offered: Similar material from

various countries. Apply with list.

J. L. Staed, 123 rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

Wanted: Marine shells, in exchange for identified marines, land and fresh

water mollusks.

Mrs. H. B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.

For Exchange: Bookbinding and book repair done — The Nautilus,

JoHNSONiA, etc. — for duplicate shells or molluscan literature.

Dr. Walter H. Jacobs, 124 West 93rd Street, New York 25, N. Y.

Wanted: Pectens (world-wide). Exchange or purchase. Can offer good

marine specimens, many genera, with data.

Gilbert Grau, 2457 Claremont Ave., Hollywood 27, Calif.

New England Coast Shells for sale or exchange. List sent on request.

List of foreign shells for sale on request.

Mrs. F. K. Hadley, Box 33, West Newton, Mass.

Specimen Shells and books or papers relating to them bought, sold and

exchanged.

John Q. Burch, 1584 West Vernon Ave., Los Angelas 37, Calif.

IV THE NAUTILUS

TRITON HELMET AND HARP SHELLS $5.00

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS (Fourth revised edition) ... 6.00

WORLD-WIDE SEA SHELLS 4.50

A REVIEW OF THE VOLUTIDAE 6.00

PANAMIC MARINE SHELLS 6.00

All post-paid In V. 8. A.

Address author:

MAXWELL SMITH,

Box 65, Windermere, Florida

MOLLUSK LITERATURE

MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY, Pilsbry and Tryon, 1885-

1935, Series II, Pulmonata. Complete in 28 vols., half pig-skin,

some worn, vol. 28 as issued. All volumes with colored plates,

save 1-6. 8vo. $360.00.

FERUSSAC and Deshayes, 1820-52, Histoire Naturelle des

MoUusques terrestres et fluviatiles, Paris, folio with 247 hand

colored plates, Half-calf. Fine copy. $225.00.

Offered for sale by: Richard I. Johnson, 41 Bow Road, Bel-

mont, Massachusetts. WRITE FOR COMPLETE LIST.

MBL/WHOI UBRARY

UH 17XF J

IM

w

liiiSiiiiiiliiiiiPiiiiii!

mim

lift